1. Aboudan, R. and G. Beattie, Cross-cultural similarities in gestures: The deep relationship between gestures and speech which transcends language barriers. Semiotica, 1996. 111(3-4): p. 269-294.
2. Abraham, C., P. Sheeran, and M. Johnston, From Health Beliefs to Self-Regulation: Theoretical Advances in the Psychology of Action Control. Psychology and Health, 1998. 13: p. 569-591.
3. Adams, R. and R. Blieszner, An Integrative Conceptual Framework for Friendship Research. Journal of Social and Personal Relationships, 1994. 11: p. 163-184.
4. Adelman, M., M. Parks, and T. Albrecht, Supporting Friends in Need, in Communicating Social Support, T. Albrecht and M. Adelman, Editors. 1987, Sage: London. p. 105-125.
5. Agar, M. and J.R. Hobbs, Interpreting Discourse: Coherence and the Analysis of Ethnographic Interviews. Discourse Processes, 1982. 5: p. 1-32.
6. Agre, P.E. and D. Chapman, What are plans for? Robotics and Autonomous Systems, 1990. 6: p. 17-34.
7. Agre, P., The architecture of identity: embedding privacy in market institutions. Information, Communication and Society, 1999. 2(1): p. 1-25.
8. Ainsworth, B., et al., Compendium of Physical Activities: classification of energy costs of human physical activities. Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise, 1993. 25(1): p. 71-80.
9. Ainsworth, B.E., et al., Compendium of Physcal Activities: classification of energy costs of human physical activites. Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise, 1993: p. 71-80.
10. Aist, G.S. Challenges for a Mixed Initiative Spoken Dialog System for Oral Reading Tutoring. in AAAI 1997 Spring Symposium. 1997.
11. Aist, G. and J. Mostow. Adapting Human Tutorial Interventions for a Reading Tutor that Listens: Using Continuous Speech Recognition in Interactive Educational Multimedia. in CALL '97 Conference on Multimedia. 1997. Exeter, England.
12. Aist, G. and J. Mostow. A Time to Be Silent and a Time to Speak: Time-Sensitive Communicative Actions in a Reading Tutor that Listens. in AAAI Fall Symposium on Communicative Actions in Humans and Machines. 1997. Boston, MA.
13. Aist, G. Expanding a Time-Sensitive Conversational Architecture for Turn-Taking to Handle Content-Driven Interruption. in ICSLP 98. 1998. Sydney, Australia.
14. Aist, G. Expanding a time-sensitive conversational architecture for turn-taking to handle content-driven interruption. in ICSLP '98. 1998.
15. Aist, G. and J. Mostow. Measuring the Effects of Backchanneling in Computerized Oral Reading Tutoring. in The European Speech Communication Workshop on Dialog and Prosody. 1999. Eindhoven, The Netherlands.
16. Aist, G. Taking Turns Talking About Text in a Reading Tutor that Listens. in Workshop on Human-Computer Conversation. 2000. Bellagio, Italy.
17. Aist, G. Helping Children Learn Vocabulary during Computer Assisted Oral Reading. in The 17th National Conference on Artificial Intelligence - AAAI 2000. 2000. Austin, TX: AAAI Press/MIT Press.
18. Akmajian, A., R.A. Demers, and R.M. Harnish, Linguistics: An Introduction to Language and Communication. 2 ed. 1984, Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.
19. Albrecht, D., et al. Towards a Bayesian Model for Keyhole Plan Recognition in Large Domains. in UM 97. 1997.
20. Aldiss, B., Super-Toys Last all summer long, in Wired. 1997. p. 135-138.
21. Alexander, K., D. Entwisle, and S. Dauber, First-Grade Classroom Behavior: Its Short- and Long-Term Consequences for School Performance. Child Development, 1993. 64: p. 801-814.
22. Ali, S.S. and S.W. McRoy. Efficient Representations for Multi-Modal Interaction. in 1998 AAAI Workshop on Representations for Multimodal Human-Computer Interaction. 1998. Madison, Wisconsin.
23. Ali-Ahmad, W. and K. Hussein, Floor Transition Dynamics in Group Discourse, . 1996, MIT: Cambridge.
24. Allan, G., Personal relationships in late modernity. Personal Relationships, 2001. 8: p. 325-339.
25. Allbeck, J., et al., Authoring Embodied Agents' Behaviors through Natural Language and Planning, .
26. Allen, J., Towards a General Theory of Action and Time. Artificial Intelligence, 1984. 23: p. 123-154.
27. Allen, J. and C.R. Perrault, Analyzing Intention in Utterances, in Readings in Natural Language Processing, B.J. Grosz, K.S. Jones, and B.L. Webber, Editors. 1986, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: Los Altos, CA. p. 441-458.
28. Allen, J., Recognizing Intentions From Natural Language Utterances, in Computational Models of Discourse, M. Brady and R.C. Berwick, Editors. 1989, MIT Press: Cambridge. p. 107-166.
29. Allen, J., J. Hendler, and A. Tate, Readings in Planning. 1990, San Mateo, CA: Morgan Kaufmann.
30. Allen, B.D. *Model of Frustration during Problem Solving. in New England Educational Research Organization. 1994. Rockport, ME.
31. Allen, J., Natural Language Understanding. 1995, Redwood City, CA: The Benjamin/Cummings Publishing Company, Inc.
32. Allen, J., et al. Robust Understanding in a Dialogue System. in ACL. 1996.
33. Allen, J., G. Ferguson, and L. Schubert. Planning in Complex Worlds via Mixed-Initiative Interaction. in Advanced Planning Technology. 1996.
34. Allen, J.F., et al., Towards Conversational Human-Computer Interaction. AI Magazine, 2001.
35. Allen, J., G. Ferguson, and A. Stent. An Architecture For More Realistic Conversational Systems. in IUI '01. 2001. Santa Fe, NM: ACM Press.
36. Altman, I. and D. Taylor, *Social penetration: The development of interpersonal relationships. 1973, New York: Holt, Rinhart & Winston.
37. Ambe, M. and A. Monk. Criteria for effective groupware 2. in CHI 97. 1997.
38. Ameka, F., The meaning of phatic and conative interjections. Journal of Pragmatics, 1992. 18: p. 245-271.
39. Anders, S. and J. Tucker, Adult attachment style, interpersonal communication competence, and social support. Personal Relationships, 2000. 7: p. 379-389.
40. Andersen, P. and L. Guerrero, The Bright Side of Relational Communication: Interpersonal Warmth as a Social Emotion, in Handbook of Communication and Emotion, P. Andersen and L. Guerrero, Editors. 1998, Academic Press: New York. p. 303-329.
41. Andersen, P. and L. Guerrero, Handbook of Communication and Emotion. 1998, New York: Academic Press.
42. Andersen, P. and L. Guerrero, Principles of Communication and Emotion in Social Interaction, in Handbook of Communication and Emotion, P. Andersen and L. Guerrero, Editors. 1998, Academic Press: New York.
43. Anderson, B.R., Professional Selling. 1987, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall.
44. Anderson, D.B., et al., Building Multi-User Interactive Multimedia Environments at MERL, . 1995, MERL: Cambridge.
45. Anderson, A.H., et al., Dialogue despite difficulties: a study of communication between aphasic and unimpaired speakers, in Conversation, T. Givon, Editor. 1996, John Benjamins: Amsterdam. p. 1-39.
46. Anderson, D.B. and M.A. Casey, The sound dimension. IEEE Spectrum, 1997: p. 46-50.
47. Anderson, A., C. O'Malley, and e. al, The Impact of VMC on Collaborative Problem Solving: An Analysis of Task Performance, Communicative Process, and User Satisfaction, in Video-Mediated Communication, K. Finn, A. Sellen, and S. Wilbur, Editors. 1997, Lawrence Erlbaum Associates: Mahwah, New Jersey.
48. Anderson, K. and C. Leaper, Emotion Talk Between Same- and Mixed-Gender Friends. Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 1998. 17(4): p. 419-448.
49. Anderson, D. and e. al, Human-Guided Simple Search, . 2000.
50. Andre, E., et al., Exploiting Models of Personality and Emotions to Control the Behavior of Animated Interactive Agents, .
51. Andre, E., J. Muller, and T. Rist. The PPP Persona: A Multipurpose Animated Presentation Agent. in Advanced Visual Interfaces. 1996.
52. Andre, E., T. Rist, and J. Muller. WebPersona: A Life-like Presentation Agent for the World-Wide Web. in IJCAI 97. 1997.
53. Andre, E., T. Rist, and J. Muller, Integrating reactive and scripted behaviors in a life-like presentation agent. Proceedings of AGENTS'98, 1998: p. 261-268.
54. Andre, E., et al., The Automated Design of Believable Dialogues for Animated Presentation Teams, in Embodied Conversational Agents, J. Cassell, Editor. 1999.
55. Anselmi, K. and J. James E. Zemanek, Relationship Selling: How Personal Characteristics of Salespeople Affect Buyer Satisfaction. Journal of Social Behavior and Personality, 1997. 12(2): p. 539-550.
56. Appelt, D., Planning natural language utterances to satisfy multiple goals, . 1982, Stanford University: Palo Alto, CA.
57. Appelt, D., Planning English Referring Expressions, in Readings in Natural Language Processing, B.J. Grosz, K.S. Jones, and B.L. Webber, Editors. 1986, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: Los Altos, CA. p. 501-518.
58. Arens, Y., L. Miller, and N.K. Sondheimer, Presentation Design Using an Integrated Knowledge Base, in Readings in Intelligent User Interfaces, M.T. Maybury and W. Wahlster, Editors. 1998, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: San Francisco, CA. p. 131-140.
59. Arens, Y., E. Hovy, and M. Vossers, On the Knowledge Underlying Multimedia Presentations, in Readings in Intelligent User Interfaces, M.T. Maybury and W. Wahlster, Editors. 1998, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: San Francisco, CA. p. 157-176.
60. Argyle, M., et al., The Different Functions of Gaze. Semiotica, 1973.
61. Argyle, M. and M. Cook, Gaze and Mutual Gaze. 1976, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
62. Argyle, M., The biological basis of rapport. Psychological Inquiry, 1990. 1(297-300).
63. Argyle, M., Is Happiness a Cause of Health? Psychology and Health, 1997. 12: p. 769-781.
64. Aristotle, The rhetoric and the poetics of Aristotle. 1954, New York: Modern Library.
65. Armstrong, D.F., W.C. Stokoe, and S.E. Wilcox, Gesture and the nature of language. 1995, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
66. Arnheim, R., Art and Visual Perception.
67. Aron, A., et al., *Experiences of falling in love. Journal of Social and Personal Relationships, 1989. 6: p. 243-257.
68. Aron, A., et al., *Close relationships as including other in the self. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1991. 60: p. 241-253.
69. Aron, A., E.N. Aron, and D. Smollan, Inclusion of other in the self scale and the structure of interpersonal closeness. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1992. 63(4): p. 596-612.
70. Aron, A., et al., The experimental generation of interpersonal closeness: A procedure and some preliminary findings. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 1997. 23(4): p. 363-377.
71. Arons, B., A Review of the Cocketail Party Effect. Journal of the American Voice I/O Society, 1992. 12(July).
72. Aronson, E. and D. Bridgeman, Jigsaw Groups and the Desgregated Classroom: In Pursuit of Common Goals. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 1979. 5(4): p. 438-466.
73. Aronson, E., The Social Animal. 8 ed. 1999, New York: Worth Publishers.
74. Ash, S., How Kids Learn: Tiny research subjects show UW researchers how it's done, in The Record. 2000: Kitchener, Ont.
75. Asher, S. and J. Gottman, eds. *The development of children's friendships. . 1981, Cambridge University Press: New York.
76. Ashton, D. and B. Davies, The Effects of Exercise, in Why Exercise? 1986, Basil Blackwell: New York. p. 83-97, 219-222.
77. Aspinwall, L. and S. Taylor, Modeling Cognitive Adaptation: A Longitudinal Investigation of the Impact of Individual Differences and Coping on College Adjustment and Performance. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1992. 63(6): p. 989-1003.
78. Assinder, W., *Peer Teaching, Peer Learning. One Model. ELT Journal, 1991. 45(3): p. 218-29.
79. Astleitner, H. and D. Leutner, Designing Emotional Technology from an Emotional Perspective. Journal of Research on Computing in Education, 2000. 32(4): p. 497-510.
80. Atkinson, J. and J. Heritage, Structures of social action: studies in conversation analysis. 1984, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
81. Attridge, M., E. Berscheid, and S. Sprecher, Dependency and insecurity in romantic relationships: Development and validation of two companion scales. Personal Relationships, 1998. 5: p. 31-58.
82. Aube, M. and A. Senteni. What are emotions for? Commitments management and regulation within animals/animats encounters. in Animals to Animats 4.
83. Auer, P. and A.d. Luzio, The Contextualization of Language. 1992, Philadelphia: John Benjamins Publishing.
84. Auhagen, A. and R. Hinde, Individual characterstics and personal relationships. Personal Relationships, 1997. 4: p. 63-84.
85. Austin, J., How to do things with words. 1962, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
86. Azarbayejani, A., C. Wren, and A. Pentland. Real-time 3-D tracking of the human body. in IMAGE'COM. 1996. Bordeaux, France.
87. Azmitia, M., Peer Interaction and Problem Solving: When Are Two Heads Better Than One? Child Development, 1988. 59(1): p. 87-96.
88. Azmitia, M. and R. Montgomery, Friendship, transactive dialogues, and the development of scientific reasoning. Social Development, 1993. 2(3): p. 202-221.
89. Babski, C. and D. Thalmann. Real-Time Animation and Motion Capture in Web Human Director. in Web3D & VRML 2000 Symposium. 2000. Monterey, California: ACM Press.
90. Badler, N.I., C.B. Phillips, and B.L. Webber, Simulating humans : computer graphics animation and control. 1993, New York: Oxford University Press. xiii, 270.
91. Badler, N., A parameterized Action Representation for Virtual Human Agents. Proceedings of the 1st Workshop on Embodied Conversational Characters, 1998: p. 1-8.
92. Baer, J.-L., Computer Systems Architecture. 1980, Rockville, MD: Computer Science Press.
93. Bagchi, S., G. Biswas, and K. Kawamura, Generating Plans to Succeed in Uncertain Environments. .
94. Bagchi, S., G. Biswas, and K. Kawamura, Interactive task planning under uncertainty and goal changes. Robotics and Autonomous Systems, 1996. 18.
95. Bailey, J.M., et al., Effects of Gender and Sexual Orientation on Evolutionary Relevant Aspects of Human Mating Psychology. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1994. 66(6): p. 1081-1093.
96. Bakhtin, M., The Problem of Speech Genres, in Speech Genres and Other Late Essays. 1986, University of Texas Press: Austin.
97. Baldis, J.J., Effects of Spatial Audio on Communication During Desktop Conferencing, . 1998, University of Washington: Seattle. p. 54.
98. Baldwin, B. and e. al, Description of the University of Pennsylvania System Used for MUC-6, .
99. Balkanski, C. and M. Hurault-Plantet, Communicative Actions in a Dialog Model for Cooperative Discourse: an initial report. AAAI Fall 1997 Symposium on Communicative Action in Humans and Machines Working Notes, 1997.
100. Ball, J.E., et al. ReActor: A system for real-time, reative animations. in CHI94. 1994.
101. Ball, G., et al., Lifelike Computer Characters: the Persona project at Microsoft Research, . 1998, Microsoft Research: Seattle.
102. Ball, G. and J. Breese. Emotion and Personality in a Conversational Character. in WECC. 1998.
103. Ball, G. and J. Breese, Emotion and Personality in a Conversational Agent, in Embodied Conversational Agents, J. Cassell, et al., Editors. 2000, MIT Press: Cambridge, MA.
104. Ballard, M., M. Cummings, and K. Larkin, Emotional and Cardiovascular Responses to Adults' Angry Behavior and to Challenging Tasks in Children of Hyptertensive and Normotensive Paernts. Child Development, 1993. 64: p. 500-515.
105. Ballmer, T. and W. Brennenstuhl, Speech Act Classification. Springer Series in Language and Communication, ed. W.J.M. Levelt. 1981, New York: Springer-Verlag.
106. Bamberg, M. and J. Reilly, Emotion, narrative and affect: How children discover the relationship between what to say and how to say it. ??: p. 329-341.
107. Bank, B.J., R.L. Slavings, and B.J. Biddle, Effects of Peer, Faculty, and Parental Influences on Students' Persistence. Sociology of Education, 1990. 63(3): p. 208-225.
108. Bara, B., F. Bosco, and M. Bucciarelli, Developmental Pragmatics in Normal and Abnormal Children. Brain and Language, 1999. 68: p. 507-528.
109. Baranowski, T., C. Anderson, and C. Carmack, Mediating Variable Framework in Physical Activity Interventions: How are we doing? How might we do better? American Journal of Preventive Medicine, 1998. 15(4): p. 266-297.
110. Bargiela-Chiappini, F. and S.J. Harris, Interruptive strategies in British and Italian management meetings. Text, 1996. 16(3): p. 269-297.
111. Barr, A. and E.A. Feigenbaum, The Handbook of Artificial Intelligence. Vol. 1. 1981, Los Altos, CA: William Kaufmann Publishers.
112. Barr, A. and E.A. Feigenbaum, The Handbook of Artificial Intelligence. Vol. 2. 1982, Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley Publishing.
113. Barrientos, F., Continuous Control of Avatar Gesture, .
114. Bartlett, M.S., et al., Classifying facial action, in Advances in Neural Information Process Systems, D. Touretzky, M. Mozer, and M. Hasselmo, Editors. 1996, MIT Press: Cambridge, MA.
115. Barwise, J. and J. Perry, Situations and Attitudes. The David Hume Series. 1999, Stanford, CA: CSLI Publications.
116. Bates, J., A.B. Loyall, and W.S. Reilly, Integrating Reactivity, Goals and Emotion in a Broad Agent, . 1992, CMU: Pittsburgh, PA.
117. Bates, J., A.B. Loyall, and W.S. Reilly, An Architecture for Action, Emotion, and Social Behavior, . 1992, CMU.
118. Bates, J., The Nature of Characters in Interactive Worlds and the Oz Project, . 1992, CMU.
119. Bates, J., The role of emotion in believable agents, . 1994, Carnegie Mellon University: Pittsburgh, Pa.
120. Bateson, G., A theory of play and fantasy. Steps to an ecology of mind. 1954, New York: Ballantine.
121. Baumeister, R.F. and E. Bratslavsky, Passion, Intimacy, and Time: Passionate Love as a Function of Change in Intimacy. Personality and Social Psychology Review, 1999. 3(1): p. 49-67.
122. Bavelas, J., N. Chovil, and e. al, Interactive Gestures. Discourse Processes, 1992. 15: p. 469-489.
123. Bavelas, J., Gesture as a Part of Speech: Methodological Implications. Research on Language and Social Interaction, 1994. 27(3): p. 201-221.
124. Bavelas, J.B., et al., Gestures Specialized for Dialogue. Personality and Social Psychology, 1995. 21(4): p. 394-405.
125. Bavelas, J.B. and N. Chovil, Visible Acts of Meaning: An Integrated Message Model of Language in Face-to-Face Dialogue. Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 2000. 19(2): p. 163-194.
126. Baxter, L., Dyadic Personal Relationships: Measurement Options, . p. 193-229.
127. Baxter, L.A., Trajectories of Relationship Disengagement. Journal of Social and Personal Relationships, 1984. 1: p. 29-48.
128. Baxter, L.A., Self-Disclosure and Relationship Disengagement, in Self-disclosure: Theory, research and therapy, J.H. Berg and V.J. Derlega, Editors. 1987, Plenum: New York. p. 155-174.
129. Beattie, G.W., Sequential Temporal Patterns of Speech and Gaze in Dialogue, in Nonverbal Communication, Interaction, and Gesture, A. Kendon, Editor. 1981, Mouton Publishers: New York. p. 298-320.
130. Beattie, G. and H. Shovelton, Mapping the Range of Information Contained in the Iconic Hand Gestures that Accompany Spontaneous Speech. Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 1999. 18(4): p. 438-462.
131. Beaumont, C.J., *Dilemmas of Peer Assistance in a Bilingual Full Inclusion Classroom. The Elementary School Journal, 1999. 99(3): p. 233-254.
132. Becheiraz, P. and D. Thalmann, A Behavioral Animation System for Autonomous Actors personified by Emotions. Proceedings of the1st Workshop on Embodied Conversational Characters, 1998: p. 57-65.
133. Beckenbach, E.F., I. Drooyan, and W. Wooton, College Algebra. 4 ed. 1978, Belmont, CA: Wadsworth Publishing Co.
134. Bejou, D., Relationship Marketing: Evolution, Present State, and Future. Psychology & Marketing, 1997. 14(8): p. 727-735.
135. Belavkin, R., F. Ritter, and D. Elliman. Towards including simple emotions in a cognitive architecture in order to fit children's behavior better. 1999.
136. Bellman, K.L. and C. Landauer. A Note on Improving the Capabilities of Software Agents. in Autonomous Agents 97. 1997.
137. Benbasat, A.Y. and J.A. Paradiso, An Inertial Measurement Unit for User Interfaces, in Program in Media Arts and Sciences. 2000, MIT: Cambridge.
138. Benbasat, A. and J. Paradiso. Compact, Configurable Inertial Gesture Recognition. in CHI2001. 2001. Seattle, WA.
139. Benford, S. and C. Greenhalgh, Using the Spatial Model to Disambiguate Speech and Gestural Commands in Shared Virtual Worlds, , Nottingham University (Dept of CS).
140. Benford, S., et al. User Embodiment in Collaborative Virtual Environments. in CHI. 1995. New York: ACM.
141. Benford, S., Spatial Approaches to CSCW, . 1996.
142. Benford, S., C. Greenhalgh, and D. Lloyd, Crowded Collaborative Virtual Environments. Proceedings of CHI'97, 1997: p. 59-66.
143. Benford, S. and e. al., Experiments in Inhabited TV. Proceedings of CHI'98, Summary, 1998: p. 289-290.
144. Benford, S., et al. Designing Storytelling Technologies to Encourage Collaboration Between Young Children. in CHI 2000. 2000. The Hague, NL: ACM Press.
145. Bensky, X. and U. Haque, Tamagocchi: "Any they call it puppy love...", in Neo-Tokyo. 1997.
146. Benton, S.A. The Second Generation of the MIT Holographic Video System. in First International Symposium on Three-Dimensional Image Communication Technologies. 1993. Tokyo.
147. Berg, J. and M. Clark, *Differences in social exchange between intimate and other relationships: Gradually evolving or quickly apparent?, in Friendship and social interaction, V. Derlega and B. Winstead, Editors. 1986, Springer-Verlag: New York. p. 101-128.
148. Berg, J.H., Responsiveness and Self-Disclosure, in Self-disclosure: Theory, research and therapy, V.J. Derlega and J.H. Berg, Editors. 1987, Plenum: New York. p. 101-130.
149. Berg, J.H. and V.J. Derlega, Themes in the Study of Self-Disclosure, in Self-disclosure: Theory, research and therapy, J.H. Berg and V.J. Derlega, Editors. 1987, Plenum: New York. p. 1-8.
150. Berger, D.F., *The Reaction to Frustration of Middle- and Lower-Class Children. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 1974. 18(2): p. 269-279.
151. Berger, C., Planning, affect, and social action generation., in Communication, social cognition, and affect, L. Donohew, H. Sypher, and E. Higgins, Editors. 1988, Lawrence Erlbaum Associates: Hillsdale, NJ. p. 93-115.
152. Berger, C. and J. Jordan, Planning Sources, Planning Difficulty and Verbal Fluency. Communication Monographs, 1992. 59.
153. Berger, C., Planning Strategic Interaction. 1997, Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
154. Berger, C., Producing Messages Under Uncertainty, in Message Production: Advances in Communication Theory, J. Greene, Editor. 1997. p. 221-244.
155. Berndt, T., *Sociometric, social-cognitive, and behavioral measures for the study of friendship and popularity, in Friendships in normal and handicapped children, T. Field, J. Roopnarine, and M. Segal, Editors. 1984, Ablex: Norwood, NJ. p. 31-52.
156. Berndt, T. and T. Perry, *Children's perceptions of friendships as supportive relationships. Developmental Psychology, 1986. 22: p. 640-648.
157. Berndt, T. and G. Ladd, eds. Peer Relationships in Child Development. . 1989, John Wiley & Sons: New York.
158. Berndt, T., Exploring the effects of friendhsip quality on social development, , Bukowski and e. al, Editors. 1996.
159. Bers, M.U. and J. Cassell, Interactive Storytelling Systems for Children: Using Technology to Explore Language and Identity. Journal of INteractive Learning Research, 1998. 9(2): p. 183-215.
160. Berscheid, E. and L. Peplau, *The emerging scienc eof relationships, in Close relationships, H. Kelley, et al., Editors. 1983, Freeman: New York. p. 1-19.
161. Berscheid, E., *Interpersonal attraction, in Handbook of social psychology, G. Lindzey and E. Aronson, Editors. 1985, Random House: New York. p. 413-484.
162. Berscheid, E., M. Snyder, and A.M. Omoto, The relationship closeness inventory: Assessing the closeness of interpersonal relationships. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1989. 57(5): p. 792-807.
163. Berscheid, E. and H. Reis, Attraction and Close Relationships, in The Handbook of Social Psychology, D. Gilbert, S. Fiske, and G. Lindzey, Editors. 1998, McGraw-Hill: New York. p. 193-281.
164. Berthold, A. and A. Jameson. Interpreting Symptoms of Cognitive Load in Speech Input. in The Seventh International Conference on User Modeling - UM99. 1999: Springer.
165. Berwick, R.C., Computational aspects of Discourse, in Computational Models of Discourse, M. Brady and R.C. Berwick, Editors. 1989, MIT Press: Cambridge.
166. Beskow, J. and S. McGlashan. Olga: a converational agent with gestures. in IJCAI 97. 1997.
167. Besnier, N., Literacy and feelings: The encoding of affect in Nukulaelae letters. Text, 1989. 9(1): p. 69-91.
168. Best, D.L. and T.J. Nance. *The Differential Effects of Frustration and Success Upon Competitive and Cooperative Behavior. in Annual Meeting of the Southeastern Psychological Association (27th). 1981. Atlanta, GA.
169. Beutler, L.E., M. Crago, and T.G. Arizmendi, Therapist Variables in Psychotherapy Process and Outcome, in Handbook of Psychotherapy and Behavior Change, A.E. Bergin and S.L. Garfield, Editors. 1986, John Wiley & Sons: New York. p. 257-310.
170. Bever, T.G., J.M. Carroll, and L.A. Miller, eds. Talking Minds: The Study of Language in the Cognitive Sciences. . 1984, The MIT Press: Cambridge, MA.
171. Biber, D. and E. Finegan, Styles of stance in English: Lexical and grammatical marking of evidentiality and affect. Text, 1989. 9(1): p. 93-124.
172. Bickmore, T.W. and B.N. Schilit, Digestor: Device-Independent Access to the World Wide Web. Computer Networks and ISDN Systems, 1997. 29: p. 1075-1082.
173. Bickmore, T.W., Behavior Synchronization for Conversational Characters, . 1998, FXPAL: Palo Alto, CA.
174. Bickmore, T., et al. Animated Autonomous Personal Representatives. in Autonomous Agents '98. 1998. Minneapolis, MN.
175. Bickmore, T. and J. Cassell. Small Talk and Conversational Storytelling in Embodied Conversational Characters. in AAAI Fall Symposium on Narrative Intelligence. 1999.
176. Bickmore, T., A. Girgensohn, and J. Sullivan, Web Page Filtering and Re-Authoring for Mobile Users. Computer Journal, 1999.
177. Bickmore, T. and J. Cassell. "How about this weather?" Social dialogue with embodied conversational agents. in AAAI Fall Symposium on Socially Intelligent Agents. 2000.
178. Bickmore, T. and J. Cassell. Discourse Planning for Mixed Task and Social Dialog. in IUI Workshop on Planning. 2000. New Orleans.
179. Bickmore, T. and J. Cassell. Relational Agents: A Model and Implementation of Building User Trust. in CHI 2001. 2001. Seattle, WA.
180. Biddle, S., Exercise and Psychosocial Health. Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport, 1995. 66(4): p. 292-297.
181. Billinghurst, M., et al., An Evaluation of Wearable Information Spaces, .
182. Billinghurst, M., et al. A Wearable Spatial Conferencing Space. in ISWC 98. 1998: IEEE Press.
183. Binstead, K. Designing portable characters. in Workshop on Embodied Conversational Characters. 1998. Lake Tahoe, CA.
184. Biocca, F., The Cyborg's Dilemma: Progressive Embodiment in Virtual Environments. Journal of Computer Mediated Communication, 1997. 3(2).
185. Birdwhistell, R.L., Kinesics and Context. University of Pennsylvania Publications in Conduct and Communication, ed. E. Goffman and D. Hymes. 1970, Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press.
186. Biswas, G., D. Schwartz, and J. Bransford, Technology Support for Complex Problem Solving: From SAD Environments to AI, in Smart Machines in Education: The Coming Revolution in Education Technology, K.D. Forbus and P.J. Feltovich, Editors. 2001, AAAI/MIT Press: Menlo Park, CA.
187. Bizzi, E., F.A. Mussa-Ivaldi, and S. Giszter, Computations Underlying the Execution of Movement: A Biological Perspective. Science, 1991. 253: p. 287-291.
188. Black, J. and G. Bower, Episodes as chunks in narrative memory. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 1979. 18: p. 309-318.
189. Black, J. and G. Bower, Story understanding as problem-solving. Poetics, 1980. 9: p. 223-250.
190. Blair, K.D., The Influence of the School Milieu on the Counselor-Client Working Relationship and Alliance. Professional School Counseling, 1999. 2: p. 280-285.
191. Blanchard, K. and S. Johnson, The One Minute Manager. 2 ed. 1982, New York: Berkley Books.
192. Bloch, C., Emotions and discourse. Text, 1996. 16(3): p. 323-341.
193. Bloom, B.S., *The 2 sigma problem: The search for methods of group instruction as effective as one-to-one tutoring. Educational Researcher, 1984. 13: p. 4-16.
194. Bloom, P., et al., eds. Language and Space. . 1996, The MIT Press: Cambridge, MA.
195. Blum-Kulka, S., Indirectness and politeness in requests: Same or different? 1987: p. 131-146.
196. Blumberg, B. and T. Galyean, Multi-level Control for Animated Autonomous Agents: Do the Right Thing..Oh, Not That.., , MIT Media Laboratory: Cambridge.
197. Blumberg, B. Action-Selection in Hamsterdam: Lessons from Ethology.
198. Blumberg, B.M., Go with the Flow: Synthetic Vision for Autonomous Animated Creatures, .
199. Blumberg, B.M., P.M. Todd, and P. Maes. No Bad Dogs: Ethological Lessons for Learning in Hamsterdam. in Animals to Animats 4.
200. Blumberg, B.M. and T.A. Galyean. Multi-Level Direction of Autonomous Creatures for Real-Time Virtual Environments. in SIGGRAPH. 1995: ACM.
201. Blumberg, B., Old Tricks, New Dogs: Ethology and Interactive Creatures, in Media Arts and Sciences. 1996, MIT: Cambridge.
202. Blumberg, B., Guidelines Synthetic Characters Group, . 1999.
203. Blumberg, B., Intentional Characters: Desires, Beliefs and Expressive Action, . 1999, MIT Media Lab.
204. Bly, S., et al. The Rise of Personal Web Pages at Work. in CHI 98. 1998.
205. Blythe, J., Decision-theoretic Planning. AI Magazine, 1999. Summer.
206. Boberg, E., et al., Development, Acceptance, and Use Patterns of a Computer-Based Education and Social Support System for People Living with AIDS/HIV Infection. Computers in Human Behavior, 1995. 11(2): p. 289-311.
207. Bobick, A.F., et al., The KidsRoom: A Perceptually-Based Interactive and Immersive Story Environment, . 1996, MIT Media Laboratory Perceptual Computing Section.
208. Bobick, A. and A. Wilson, A State-Baed Approach to the Representation and Recognition of Gesture. IEEE Trans. on Pattern Analysis and Machine Intelligence, 1997. 19(12): p. 1325-1337.
209. Bobrow, D.G., et al., GUS, A Frame-Driven Dialog System. Artificial Intelligence, 1977. 8: p. 155-173.
210. Bobrow, D. and The PARC Understander Group, GUS, A Frame Driven Dialog System, in Readings in Natural Language Processing, B.J. Grosz, K.S. Jones, and B.L. Webber, Editors. 1986, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: Los Altos, CA. p. 595-604.
211. Bock, K. and W. Levelt, Language Production: Grammatical Encoding, in Handbook of Psycholinguistics, M.A. Gernsbacher, Editor. 1994, Academic Press: New York. p. 945-984.
212. Boden, M.A., ed. The Philosophy of Artificial Intelligence. Oxford Readings in Psychology. 1990, Oxford University Press: Oxford.
213. Boden, M.A., ed. The Philosophy of Artificial Life. Oxford Readings in Philosophy. 1996, Oxford University Press: Oxford.
214. Bolger, N., A. Zuckerman, and R. Kessler, Invisible Support and Adjustment to Stress. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 2000. 79(6): p. 953-961.
215. Bolinger, D., Accent is Predictable (if You're a Mind Reader). Language, 1972. 48: p. 633-644.
216. Bolt, R.A., "Put-That-There": Voice and Gesture at the Graphics Interface, in Readings in Intelligent User Interfaces, M.T. Maybury and W. Wahlster, Editors. 1998, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: San Francisco, CA. p. 19-28.
217. Bombar, M. and L. Littig, Babytalk as a communication of intimate attachment: An initial study in adult romances and friendships. Personal Relationships, 1996. 3: p. 137-158.
218. Bonet, B., G. Loerincs, and H. Geffner. A Robuts and Fast Action Selection Mechanism for Planning. in AAAI. 1997.
219. Booch, G., Object Oriented Design: WIth Applications. 1991, Redwood City, CA: Benjamin/Cummings.
220. Bookman, L., A Two-Tier Model of Semantic Memory for Text Comprehension, in Computer Science. 1992, Brandeis.
221. Bordens, K. and B. Abbott, Research Design and Methods: A Process Approach. 1996, Mountain View, CA: Mayfield Publishing.
222. Bordens, K.S. and B.B. Abbot, Using Theory, in Research Design and Methods: A Process Approach. 1996, Mayfield Publishing Company: Mountain View, CA. p. 484-518.
223. Bordens, K.S. and B.B. Abbott, Study Guide to Accompany: Research Design and Methods, A Process Approach. 4 ed. 1999, Mountain View, CA: Mayfield Publishing Co.
224. Bouchard, C., et al., A method to assess energy expenditure in children and adults. The American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 1983. 37: p. 461-467.
225. Boudourides, M.A. Social and Psychological Effects in Computer-Mediated Communication. in Neties '95. 1995. TEI of Piraeus, Greece.
226. Bouhuys, A., G. Bloem, and T. Groothuis, Induction of depressed and elated mood by music influences the perception of facial emotional expressions in healthy subjects. J. of Affective Disorders, 1995. 33: p. 215-226.
227. Bourguet, M.-L. and A. Ando. Synchronization of Speech and Hand Gestures during Multimodal Human-Computer Interaction. in CHI 98. 1998.
228. Boutilier, C. Decision Making under Uncertainty: Operations Research meets AI (again). in AAAI. 2000.
229. Bower, G. and S. Gilligan, *Remembering information related to one's self. Journal of Research in Personality, 1979. 13: p. 420-432.
230. Bowers, J., J. Pycock, and J. O'Brien. Talk and Embodiment in Collaboratie Virtual Enviornment. in CHI 96. 1996.
231. Bozionelos, N., Computer anxiety: relationship with computer experience and prevalence. Computers in Human Behavior, 2001. 17: p. 213-224.
232. Brachfeld-Child, S. and R.S. Schiavo, *Interactions of Preschool and Kindergarten Friends and Acquaintances. The Journal of Genetic Psychology, 1990. 151(1): p. 45-58.
233. Bradbury, R., The Veldt, in Junior Great Books, R.P. Dennis and E.P. Moldof, Editors, Great Books Foundation. p. 1-18.
234. Bradfield, R.B., A technique for determination of usual daily energy expenditure in the field. The American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 1971. 24: p. 1148-1154.
235. Brady, M. and R.C. Berwick, eds. Computational Models of Discourse. MIT Press Series in Artificial Intilligence. 1983, MIT Press: Cambridge, MA.
236. Braham, R. and R. Comerford, Sharing Virtual Worlds. IEEE Spectrum, 1997: p. 18-19.
237. Brand, M., Coupled hidden Markov models for modeling interacting processes, . 1997, MIT Media Lab: Cambridge.
238. Brand, M. Voice Puppetry. in Siggraph 99. 1999. Los Angeles, CA: ACM Press.
239. Brandle, S. and M. Evens. Acknowledgements in Tutorial Dialogue. in Cognitive Science Society. 1997.
240. Brandt-Pook, H., et al. Integrated recognition and interpretation of speech for a construction task domain. in HCI 99. 1999.
241. Bratman, M., What is Intention?, in Intentions in Communication, P. Cohen, J. Morgan, and M. Pollack, Editors. 1990, MIT Press: Cambridge, MA. p. 15-31.
242. Breazeal, C. and J. Velasquez, Toward Teaching a Robot "Infant" using Emotive Communicative Acts, .
243. Breazeal, C., Robot in Society: Friend or Appliance?, .
244. Breazeal, C. and B. Scassellati, Infant-like Social Interactions Between a Robot and a Human Caretaker, in Special Issue of Adaptive Behavior on Simulation Models of Social Agents, K. Dautenhahn, Editor. 1998.
245. Breazeal, C. and B. Scassellati, How to build robots that make friends and influence people, . 1999: Submitted to IROS99 ?
246. Breazeal, C., Sociable Machines: Expressive Social Exchange Between Humans and Robots, in Electrical Engineering and Computer Science. 2000, MIT: Cambridge.
247. Bregler, C., M. Covell, and M. Slaney. Video rewrite: Driving visual speech with audio. in SIGGRAPH'97. 1997. New Orleans, LA: ACM SIGGRAPH.
248. Brehm, S.S. and T.W. Smith, Social Psychological Approaches to Psychotherapy and Behavior Change, in Handbook of Psychotherapy and Behavior Change, S.L. Garfield and A.E. Bergin, Editors. 1986, John Wiley & Sons: New York. p. 69-115.
249. Brehm, S., Chapter 7: Fairness, Selfishness, and Altruism, in Intimate Relationships. 1992, McGraw-Hill: New York. p. 177-202.
250. Brehm, S., Chapter 6: Relationship Development, in Intimate Relationships. 1992, McGraw-Hill: New York. p. 153-176.
251. Brehm, S., Intimate Relationships. 1992, New York: McGraw-Hill.
252. Brehm, S., Chapter 1: Relationships Today, in Intimate Relationships. 1992, McGraw-Hill: New York. p. 3-29.
253. Brehm, S., Chapter 3: Interpersonal Attraction, in Intimate Relationships. 1992, McGraw-Hill: New York. p. 59-91.
254. Brehm, S.S., Intimate Relationships. 2 ed. 1992, New York: McGraw Hill.
255. Brennan, S.E., M. Walker, and C.J. Pollard. A Centering Approach to Pronouns. in 25th Annual Meeting of the ACL. 1987.
256. Brennan, S.E. and E.A. Hulteen, Interaction and feedback in a spoken language system: a theoretical framework. Knowlege-Based Systems, 1995. 8(2-3): p. 143-151.
257. Brennan, S. and J. Ohaeri. Why do Electronic Conversations Seem Less Polite? The Costs and Benefits of Hedging. in Int. Joint Conference on Work Activities, Coordination and Collaboration. 1999. San Francisco.
258. Brent, D.A. and D.J. Kolko, Psychotherapy: Definitions, Mechanisms of Action, and Relationship to Etiological Models. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 1998. 26(1): p. 17-25.
259. Brittan, D., Talking Hands, . 1996.
260. Brock, D., et al., The perceived acceptance scale: Development and validation. Journal of Social and Personal Relationships, 1998. 15(1): p. 5-21.
261. Broll, W. Interacting in Distributed Collaborative Virtual Environments. in IEEE Virtual Reality International Symposium. 1995. Los Almitos: IEEE.
262. Brooks, R., A robust layered control system for a mobile robot, . 1985, MIT AI Lab: Cambridge, MA.
263. Brooks, R., Intelligence Without Reason, in AI Memo No 1293. 1991: MIT AT Lab.
264. Brooks, R., Intelligence without representation. Artificial Intelligence, 1991. 47: p. 139-159.
265. Brooks, R. and L. Stein, Building Brains for Bodies, in AI Memo No 1439. 1993: MIT AI Lab.
266. Brooks, R., et al. Alternative Essences of Intelligence. in AAAI? 1998.
267. Brophy, S., et al. Teachable Agents: Combining insights from learning theory and computer science. in The 1999 Artificial Intelligence in Education Annual Conference. 1999. Le Mans, France.
268. Brown, R. and A. Gilman, The pronouns of power and solidarity, in Language and Social Context, P. Giglioli, Editor. 1972, Penguin: Harmondsworth. p. 252-282.
269. Brown, G. and T. Harris, Social origins of depression: A study of psychiatric disorder in women. 1978, New York: Free Press.
270. Brown, P. and S. Levinson, Universals in language usage: Politeness phenomena, in Questions and Politeness: Strategies in Social Interaction, E. Goody, Editor. 1978, Cambridge University Press: Cambridge.
271. Brown, G. and G. Yule, Discourse Analysis. 1983, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
272. Brown, G.H. and C.D. Carroll. *The Effect of Anxiety and Boredom on Cognitive Test Performance. in Annual Meeting of the American Educational Research Association (68th). 1984. New Orleans, LA.
273. Brown, P. and S.C. Levinson, Politeness: Some universals in language usage. 1987, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
274. Brown, R. and A. Gilman, Politeness theory and Shakespeare's four major tragedies. Language in Society, 1989. 18: p. 159-212.
275. Brown, J.S., Toward a new epistemology for learning, in Intelligent Tutoring Systems and the Crossroad of AI Education, C. Frasson and J. Gauthier, Editors. 1989, Ablex: Norwood, NJ. p. 266-281.
276. Brown, J.R. and J. Dunn, *'You Can Cry, Mum': The Social and Developmental Implications of Talk about Internal States. The British Journal of Developmental Psychology, 1991. 9(2): p. 237-256.
277. Brown, J. and E. Rogers, *Openness, uncertainty, and intimacy: An epistemological reformulation, in Miscommunication and Problematic Talk, N. Coupland, H. Giles, and J. Wiemann, Editors. 1991, Sage: London. p. 146-165.
278. Brown, J.R. and J. Dunn, Talk with Your Mother or Your Sibling? Developmental Changes in Early Family Conversations about Feelings. Child Development, 1992. 63(2): p. 336-349.
279. Brown, G., Speakers, Listeners, and Communication: Explorations in Discourse Analysis. Computational Linguistics, 1995. 22(3): p. 444-447.
280. Brown, J.R. and J. Dunn, Continuities in Emotion Understanding from Three to Six Years. Child Development, 1996. 67(3): p. 789-802.
281. Brown, J.R., N. Donelan-McCall, and J. Dunn, Why Talk about Mental States? The Significance of Children's Conversations with Friends, Siblings, and Mothers. Child Development, 1996. 67(3): p. 836-849.
282. Bruce, B.C., Generation as a Social Action, in Readings in Natural Language Processing, B.J. Grosz, K.S. Jones, and B.L. Webber, Editors. 1986, Morgan Kaufmann: Los Altos, California. p. 419-422.
283. Bruce, B., Generation as a Social Action, in Readings in Natural Language Processing, B.J. Grosz, K.S. Jones, and B.L. Webber, Editors. 1986, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: Los Altos, CA. p. 419-422.
284. Bruckman, A., The MediaMOO Project: Constructionism and Professional Community. Convergence, 1995. 1(1).
285. Bruckman, A., Cyberspace is not Disneyland: The Role of the Artist in a Networked World, . 1996, Getty Information Institute.
286. Bruckman, A., Finding One's Own in Cyberspace. MIT Technology Review, 1996. 3(January).
287. Bruderlin, A., et al. Hierarchical Agent Interface for Animation. in IJCAI 97. 1997.
288. Bruner, J., Acts of Meaning. 1990, Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
289. Bruner, J., The Culture of Education. 1996, Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
290. Bryson, J., Making Modularity Work: Combining Memory Systems and Intelligent Processes in a Dialog Agent, .
291. Bryson, J., State and Learning in an Intelligent Agent Architecture, . 1997, Artificial Intelligence Laboratory at MIT: Cambridge, MA.
292. Buchholz, S. and T. Roth, Creating the High-Performance Team, ed. K. Hess. 1987, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
293. Buck, R., The Development and Expression of Emotion, in Human Motivation and Emotion, R. Buck, Editor. 1988, Wiley: New York. p. 298-351.
294. Buck, R., Social Factors in Facial Display and Communication: a Reply to Chovil and Others. Journal of Nonverbal Behavior, 1991. 15(3): p. 155-167.
295. Buck, R., The spontaneous communication of interpersonal expectations., in Interpersonal expectations: Theory, research, and applications, P.D. Blanck, Editor. 1993, Cambridge University Press: New York. p. 227-241.
296. Bukowski, W. and B. Hoza, Popularity and Friendship: Issues in Theory, Measurement and Outcom, in Peer Relationships in Child Development, T. Berndt and G. Ladd, Editors. 1989, Wiley: New York. p. 15-45.
297. Bull, S., et al., The Missing Peer, Artificial Peers and the Enhancement of Human-Human Collaborative Student Modelling. AI in Education, 1999: p. 269-276.
298. Bundy, A., et al., How to Get a Ph.D. in AI, in Artificial Intelligence. p. 139-154.
299. Burger, J.D. and R.J. Marshall, The Application of Natural Language Models to Intelligent Multimedia, in Readings in Intelligent User Interfaces, M.T. Maybury and W. Wahlster, Editors. 1998, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: San Francisco, CA. p. 429-446.
300. Burgoon, J., The Unwillingness to Communicate Scale: Development and Validation. Communication Monographs, 1976. 43: p. 60-69.
301. Burgoon, J.K. and J.L. Hale, The Fundamental Topoi of Relational Communication. Communication Monographs, 1984. 51: p. 193-214.
302. Burgoon, J.K. and J.L. Hale, Validation and Measurement of the Fundamental Themes of Relational Communication. Communication Monographs, 1987. 54: p. 19-41.
303. Burgoon, J.K., et al., Relational Communication, Satisfaction, Compliance-Gaining Strategies, and Compliance in Communication Between Physicians and Patients. Communication Monographs, 1987. 54: p. 307-324.
304. Burgoon, J., Interpersonal expectations, expectancy violations, and emotional communication. Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 1993. 12(1-2): p. 30-48.
305. Burgoon, M., M. Callister, and F. Hunsacker, Patients Who Deceive: An empirical investigation of patient-physician communication. J. of Language and Social Psychology, 1994. 13(4): p. 443-468.
306. Burgoon, J.K. and B.A. LePoire, Nonverbal Cues and Interpersonal Judgments: Participant and Observer Perceptions of Intimacy, Dominance, Composure, and Formality. Communication Monographs, 1999. 66: p. 105-124.
307. Burgoon, J., et al., Interactivity in human-computer interaction: a study of credibility, understanding, and influence. Computers in Human Behavior, 2000. 16: p. 553-574.
308. Burgoon, J. and N. Dunbar, An Interactionist Perspective on Dominance-Submission: Interpersonal Dominance as a Dynamic, Situationally Contingent Social Skill. Communication Monographs, 2000. 67(1): p. 96-121.
309. Burke, R.D., Representaion, Storage and Retrieval of Stories in a Social Simulation, . 1993, ILS: Evanston, IL.
310. Burke, R., et al. Creature Smarts: The Art and Architecture of a Virtual Brain. in Game Developers Conference 2001. 2001. San Jose, CA.
311. Burleson, B., Friendship and similarities in social-cognitive and communication abilities: Social skill bases of interpersonal attraction in childhood. Personal Relationships, 1994. 1: p. 371-389.
312. Burleson, B. and D. Goldsmith, How the Comforting Process Works: Alleviating Emotional Distress through Conversationally Induced Reappraisals, in Handbook of Communication and Emotion, P. Andersen and L. Guerrero, Editors. 1998, Academic Press: New York.
313. Burton, R.R. and J.S. Brown, Toward a Natural-Language Capability for Computer-Assisted Instruction, in Readings in Natural Language Processing, B.J. Grosz, K.S. Jones, and B.L. Webber, Editors. 1986, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: Los Altos, CA. p. 605-626.
314. Bush, V., As We May Think, in Atlantic Unbound. 1945.
315. Buss, D.M. and M. Barnes, Preferences in Human Mate Selection. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1986. 50(3): p. 559-570.
316. Bustanoby, A., et al. Motion Capture and CG Character Animation. in Siggraph 97. 1997.
317. Butler, R. and O. Neuman, Effects of Task and Ego Achievement Goals on Help-Seeking Behaviors and Attitudes. Journal of Educational Psychology, 1995. 87(2): p. 261-271.
318. Button, G. and N. Casey, Generating topic: the use of topic initial elicitors, in Structures of Social Action: Studies in Conversational Analysis, J.M. Atkinson and J. Heritage, Editors. 1977, Cambridge University Press: Cambridge. p. 167-190.
319. Button, G., Going Up a Blind Alley: Conflating Conversation Analysis and Computational Modeling, in Computers and Conversation, P. Luff, N. Gilbert, and D. Frohlich, Editors. 1990, Academic Press: New York. p. 67-90.
320. Buunk, B. and K. Prins, Loneliness, exchange orientation, and reciprocity in friendships. Personal Relationships, 1998. 5: p. 1-14.
321. Buunk, B.P. and K.S. Prins, Loneliness, exchange orientation, and reciprocity in friendships. Personal Relationships, 1998. 5: p. 1-14.
322. Buyukkokten, O., H. Garcia-Molina, and A. Paepcke. Accordian Summarization for End-Games Browsing on PDAs and Cellular Phone. in CHI2001. 2001. Seattle, WA.
323. Byrne, D., *The attraction paradigm. 1971, San Diego, CA: Academic Press.
324. Cahn, J. and S. Brennan, A Psychological Model of Grounding and Repair in Dialog, .
325. Cahn, J., The Generation of Affect in Synthesized Speech. Journal of the American Voice I/O Society, 1990. 8: p. 1-19.
326. Cahn, J., An Investigation into the correlation of cue phrases, unfilled pauses and the structuring of spoken discourse, . 1995.
327. Caldwell, B.S. and L.H. Taha, Starving at the Banquet: Social Isolation in Electronic Communication Media. Interpersonal Computing and Technology, 1993. 1(1).
328. Campbell, L., A Brief Survey of Cognitive Representation of Space, . 1992.
329. Campbell, L.W., et al. Invariant features for 3-D gesture recognition. in 2nd International Workshop on Face and Gesture Recognition. 1996. Killington, VT.
330. Campbell, L.W., Visual Classification of Discourse Gestures, . 1998.
331. Campbell, L., Visual Classification of Co-Verbal Gestures for Gesture Understanding, in Media Arts & Sciences. 2001, MIT: Cambridge, MA.
332. Camras, L., et al., *What develops in emotional development?, in The nature of emotion: Fundamental questions. Series in affective science., P. Ekman, R.J. Davidson, and et-al., Editors. 1994, Oxford University Press.: New York. p. 345-375.
333. Canamero, D. Modeling Motivations and Emotions as a Basis for Intelligent Behavior. in Autonomous Agents 97. 1997.
334. Capek, K., R.U.R. (Rossum's Universal Robots): A Play in three acts and an epilogue. 1923, New York: Oxford University Press.
335. Capella, J., The Method of Proof by Example in Interaction Analysis. Communication Monographs, 1990. 57: p. 236-249.
336. Capella, J., An Evolutionary Psychology of Gricean Cooperation. Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 1995. 14(1-2): p. 167-181.
337. Cappella, J., Conversational Involvement: Approaching and Avoiding Others, in Nonverbal Interaction, Wiemann and Harrison, Editors. 1983. p. 113-148.
338. Cappella, J. and M. Palmer, The structure and organizisation of verbal and nonverbal behaviour: Data for models of reception. J. of Language and Social Psychology, 1989. 8(3-4).
339. Cappella, J. and C. Pelachaud, Rules for Responsive Robots: Using Human Interactions to Build Virtual Interactions, in Stability and Change in Relationships, Reis, Fitzpatrick, and Vengelisti, Editors. 2000.
340. Carberry, S. and T. Harvey, Generating coherent messages in real-time decision support: Exploiting discourse theory for discourse practice, . 1997.
341. Carberry, S., C. Kambhamettu, and L. Schroeder. Gestural Evidence and the Recognition of Attitude and Intention. in UM '99 Workshop on Attitude, Personality and Emotion in User-Adapted Interaction. 1999.
342. Carberry., S. Incorporating default inferences into plan recognition. in Proc. 8th National Conference on AI. 1990.
343. Card, W.I., et al., A Comparison of Doctor and Computer Interrogation of Patients. International Journal of Bio-Medical Computing, 1974. 5: p. 175--187.
344. Card, W. and R. Lucas, Computer Interrogation in Medical Practices. International Journal of Man-Machine Studies, 1981. 14: p. 49-57.
345. Card, S.K., J.D. Mackinlay, and G.G. Robertson, A Morphological Analysis of the Design Space of Input Devices, in Readings in Intelligent User Interfaces, M.T. Maybury and W. Wahlster, Editors. 1998, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: San Francisco, CA. p. 597-609.
346. Cardinal, B., Predicting Exercise Behavior Using Components of the Transtheoretical Model of Behavior Change. Journal of Sport Behavior, . 20(3): p. 272-283.
347. Carenini, G., A Task-based Framework to Evaluate Evaluative Arguments, .
348. Carenini, G. and J. Moore. A Strategy for Generating Evaluative Arguments. in Submitted for publication. 2000.
349. Carenini, G. and J. Moore. Tailoring Evaluative Arguments to User's Preferences. in Submitted for publication. 2000.
350. Carenini, G. and J.D. Moore. A Strategy for Generating Evaluative Arguments. in INLG-00. 2000. Mitzpe Ramon, Israel.
351. Carletta, J., et al., HCRC Dialogue Structure Coding Manual, . 1995, University of Edinburgh: Edinburgh.
352. Carletta, J., A. Isard, and e. al, The Reliability of a Dialogue Structure Coding Scheme. Computational Linguistics, 1997. 23(1): p. 13-31.
353. Carlson, J. and E. Hatfield, Facial Expression, in Psychology of Emotion. 1992.
354. Carolis, B.D., C. Pelachaud, and I. Poggi. Verbal and nonverbal discourse planning. in INLG? 2000.
355. Carpenter, B., Relational Competence, in Advances in Personal Relationships, D. Perlman and W. Jones, Editors. 1993, Jessica Kingsley: London. p. 1-28.
356. Carver, C. and M. Scheier, Situational Coping and Coping Dispositions in a Stressful Transaction. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1994. 66(1): p. 184-195.
357. Cary, M.S., The Role of Gaze in the Initiation of Conversation. Social Psychology, 1978. 41(3): p. 269-271.
358. Casares, J., et al., Comic Books: A Case Study for Redesigning Traditional Media and Assessing Entertainment Value, . 2000, Carnegie Mellon University: Pittsburgh, PA.
359. Casey, R.J. and S. Schlosser, *Emotional Responses to Peer Praise in Children with and without a Diagnosed Externalizing Disorder. Merrill-Palmer Quarterly, 1994. 40(1): p. 60-81.
360. Casner, S.M., A Task-Analytic Approach to the Automated Design of Graphic Presentations, in Readings in Intelligent User Interfaces, M.T. Maybury and W. Wahlster, Editors. 1998, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: San Francisco, CA. p. 204-225.
361. Caspi, A., Personality Development across the Life Course, in Handbook of Child Psychology, W. Damon and N. Eisenberg, Editors. 1998, John Wiley & Sons: New York. p. 311-388.
362. Cassell, J. and K. Thorisson, The Power of a Nod and a Glance: Envelope vs. Emotional Feedback in Animated Conversational Agents. Applied Artificial Intelligence Journal, .
363. Cassell, J., et al. Animated Conversation: Rule-based Generation of Facial Expression,Gesture and Spoken Intonation for Multiple Conversational Agents. in SIGGRAPH. 1994. Orlando: ACM.
364. Cassell, J., et al. Modeling the Interaction between Speech and Gesture. in 16th Annual Conference of the Cognitive Science Society. 1994. Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta.
365. Cassell, J. The role of Gesture in Stories as Multiple Participant Frameworks. in AAAI Spring Symposium Series. 1995.
366. cassell, J., Work-Buddying: Creating a Collaborative Culture for Women's Work, . 1995.
367. Cassell, J. and A. Pederson, Work-Buddying: Creating a Collaboratie Culture for Women's Work, . 1995, Augustana College: Sioux Falls, SD.
368. Cassell, J. and S. Prevost, Distribution of Semantic Features Across Speech and Gesture by Humans and Computers. Proceedings of the Workshop on the Integration of Gesture in Language and Speech, 1996.
369. Cassell, J. and S. Prevost, Embodied natural language generation: A framework for the generation of speech and gesture. ACL ?, 1997.
370. Cassell, J., A Framework for Gesture Generation and Interpretation. Computer Vison in Human-Machine Interaction, 1998.
371. Cassell, J., Storytelling as a Nexus of Change in the Relationship between Gender and Technology: A Feminist Approach to Software Design, in Barbie to Mortal Kombat: Gender and Computer Games, J. Cassell and H. Jenkins, Editors. 1998, MIT Press: Cambridge, MA. p. 298-326.
372. Cassell, J., D. McNeill, and K.E. McCullough, Speech-Gesture Mismatches: Evidence for One Underlying Representation of Linguistic and Non-Linguistic Information. Pragmatics and Cognition, 1998. 6(2).
373. Cassell, J., et al., Animated Conversation: Rule-Based Generation of Facial Expression, Gesture and Spoken Intonation for Multiple Conversational Agents, in Readings in Intelligent User Interfaces, M.T. Maybury and W. Wahlster, Editors. 1998, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: San Francisco, CA. p. 582-596.
374. Cassell, J., Embodied Conversation: Integrating Face and Gesture into Automatic Spoken Dialogue systems, in Spoken Dialogue Systems, S. Luperfoy, Editor. 1999, MIT Press: Cambridge.
375. Cassell, J. and H. Vilhjalmsson, Fully Embodied Conversational Avatars: Making Communicative Behaviors Autonomous. Autonomous Agents and Multi-Agent Systems, 1999. 2: p. 45-64.
376. Cassell, J., et al. Embodiment in Conversational Interfaces: Rea. in CHI 99. 1999. Pittsburgh, PA.
377. Cassell, J. and J. Smith. The Victorian Laptop: Narrative Engagement through Place and Time. in AAAI Fall Symposium on Narrative Intelligence. 1999. Cape Cod, MA.
378. Cassell, J. and M. Stone. Living Hand to Mouth: Psychological Theories about Speech and Gesture in Interactive Dialogue Systems. in AAAI Fall Symposium on Psychological Models of Communication in Collaborative Systems. 1999. Cape Cod, MA.
379. Cassell, J., More Than Just Another Pretty Face: Embodied Conversational Interface Agents. CACM (submitted), 1999.
380. Cassell, J. and K. Ryokai, Making Space for Voice: Technologies to Support Children's Fantasy and Storytelling. Personal Technologies, 1999. to appear.
381. Cassell, J. and K. Thorisson, The Power of a Nod and a Glance: Envelope vs. Emotional Feedback in Animated Conversational Agents. Applied Artificial Intelligence, 1999. 13: p. 519-538.
382. Cassell, J., et al., Human Conversation as a System Framework: Designing Embodied Conversational Agents, in Embodied Conversational Agents, J. Cassell, et al., Editors. 2000, MIT Press: Cambridge, MA.
383. Cassell, J., et al., Embodied Conversational Agents. 2000, Cambridge: MIT Press.
384. Cassell, J., M. Stone, and H. Yan. Coordination and context-dependence in the generation of embodied conversation. in INLG 2000. 2000.
385. Cassell, J. and T. Bickmore, External Manifestations of Trustworthiness in the Interface. Communications of the ACM, 2000. 43(12): p. 50-56.
386. Cassell, J., et al. Shared Reality: Physical Collaboration with a Virtual Peer. in CHI 2000. 2000. The Hague, The Netherlands.
387. Cassell, J., et al. More Than Just a Pretty Face: Affordances of Embodiment. in IUI 2000. 2000. New Orleans, Louisiana.
388. Cassell, J., et al., eds. Embodied Conversational Agents. . 2000, The MIT Press: Cambridge, MA.
389. Cassell, J. and T. Bickmore, Negotiated Collusion: Modeling Social Language and it Relationship Effects in Intellient Agents. User Modeling and Adaptive Interfaces, 2001. in press.
390. Cassell, J., et al. Non-Verbal Cues for Discourse Structure. in Association for Computational Linguistics. 2001.
391. Cassell, J., et al. Annotating and Generating Posture from Discourse Structure in Embodied Conversational Agents. in Workshop on Representing, Annotating, and Evaluating Non-Verbal and Verbal Communicative Acts to Achieve Contextual Embodied Agents, Autonomous Agents 2001 Conference. 2001. Montreal, Quebec.
392. Castillo, E., J.M. Gutierrez, and A.S. Hadi, Expert Systems and Probabilistic Network Models. Monographs in Computer Science, ed. D. Gries and F.B. Schneider. 1997, New York: Springer-Verlag.
393. Catano, V.M., *Relation of Improved Performance Through Verbal Praise to Source of Praise. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 1975. 41(1): p. 71-74.
394. Cawsey, A., Planning Interactive Explanations, in Readings in Intelligent User Interfaces, M.T. Maybury and W. Wahlster, Editors. 1998, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: San Francisco, CA. p. 404-420.
395. Cegala, D., et al. *A study of interactants' thoughts and feelings during conversation. in Ninth Annual Conference on Discourse Analysis. 1988. Philadelphia, PA.
396. Center, U.C.P.R., http://www.uri.edu/research/cprc/. 1999.
397. Chadabe, J., Electric Sound: The past and promise of electronic music. ??
398. Chafe, W., Polyphonic Topic Development, . p. 41-53.
399. Chafe, W., Some Things that Narratives Tell Us About the Mind, in Narrative Thought and Narrative Language. 1990, Lawrence Erlbaum Associates: Hillsdale, New Jersey. p. 79-98.
400. Chafe, W., Discourse, consciousness, and Time. 1994, Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.
401. Chafe, W., Polyphonic topic development, in Conversation: Cognitive, Communicative and Social Perspectives, T. Givon, Editor. 1997, Amsterdam. p. 41-55.
402. Chan, T.-W. and A. Baskin, Learning Companion Systems, . 1990. p. 6-33.
403. Chan, T.-W. and C.-Y. Chou. Simulating a Learning Companion in Reciprocal Tutoring Systems. in Computer Support for Collaborative Learning '95. 1995. Indiana University, Bloomington, IN.
404. Chang, J., Action Scheduling in Humanoid Conversational Agents, in Electrical Engineering and Computer Science. 1998, MIT: Cambridge, MA. p. 40.
405. Chang, K., Pantomime: Character Animation/Motor Control System, . 1999, MIT.
406. Charlton, P., K. Kamyab, and P. Fehin, Evaluating Explicit Models of Affective Interactions, .
407. Charniak, E., Jack and Janet in Search of a Theory of Knowledge, in Readings in Natural Language Processing, B.J. Grosz, K.S. Jones, and B.L. Webber, Editors. 1986, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: Los Altos, CA. p. 331-338.
408. Charniak, E. Unsupervised Learning of Name Structure From Coreference Data. in NAACL 2001. 2001. Pittsburgh, PA.
409. Cheepen, C., The Predictability of Informal Conversation. 1988, New York: Pinter.
410. Chelune, G.J., Self-disclosure: An elaboration of its basic dimensions. Psychological Reports, 1975. 36: p. 79-85.
411. Chelune, G.J., A Neuropsychological Perspective of Interpersonal Communication, in Self-disclosure: Theory, research and therapy, V.J. Derlega and J.H. Berg, Editors. 1987, Plenum: New York. p. 9-34.
412. Chen, A., Student Interest in Activities in a Secondary Physical Education Curriculum: An Analysis of Student Subjectivity. Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport, 1996. 67(4): p. 424-432.
413. Cheskin Research, eCommerce Trust Study, . 1999, Studio Archetype/Sapient.
414. Cheyer, A., L. Julia, and J. Martin, A Unified Framework for Constructing Multimodal Experiments and Applications, .
415. Cheyer, A. and L. Julia, Multimodal Maps: An Agent-Based Approach, . 1995.
416. Chi, D., et al. The EMOTE Model for Effort and Shape. in Siggraph 2000. 2000. New Orleans.
417. Chin, D.N., Intelligent Interfaces as Agents, in Readings in Intelligent User Interfaces, M.T. Maybury and W. Wahlster, Editors. 1998, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: San Francisco, CA. p. 343-358.
418. Chisolm, D., et al., *Physical activity readiness. British Columbia Medical Journal, 1975. 17: p. 375-378.
419. Chorover, S.L., Paradigms Lost and Regained, in New Directions in Creative and Innovative Management: Bridging Theory and Practice, Y. Ijiri and R.L. Kuhn, Editors. 1988, Ballinger Publishing: Cambridge. p. 201-239.
420. Chou, C.-Y., C.-J. Lin, and T.-W. Chan, User Modeling in Simulating Learning Companions. Artificial Intelligence in Education, 1999.
421. Choudhury, T., et al. Multimodal Person Recognition using Unconstrained Audio and Video. in 2nd International Conference on Audio-Visual Biometric Person Authentication. 1998.
422. Chovil, N., Discourse-Oriented Facial Displays in Conversation. Research on Language and Social Interaction, 1991. 25(1991/1992): p. 163-194.
423. Chovil, N. and A. Fridlund, Why Emotionality Cannot Equal Sociality: Reply to Buck. Journal of Nonverbal Behavior, 1991. 15(3): p. 163-167.
424. Christensen, J., J. Marks, and S. Shieber, An Empirical Study of Algorithms for Point-Feature Label Placement, in Readings in Intelligent User Interfaces, M.T. Maybury and W. Wahlster, Editors. 1998, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: San Francisco, CA. p. 286-309.
425. Chu-Caroll, J. and M. Brown, Initiative in Collaborative Interactions - Its Cues and Effects. AAAI Spring 1997 Symposium on Computational Models of Mixed Initiative Interaction Working Notes, 1997.
426. Chu-Carroll, J. and S. Carberry. A Plan-Based Model for Response Generation in Collaborative Task-Oriented Dialogues. in AAAI.
427. Chu-Carroll, J., A Statistical Model for Discourse Act Recognition in Dialogue Interactions, .
428. Chu-Carroll, J. and S. Carberry. Generating Information-Sharing Subdialogues in Expert-User Consultation. in IJCAI 95. 1995.
429. Chu-Carroll, J. and S. Carberry, Collaborative Response Generation in Planning Dialogues. Computational Linguistics, 1998. 24(3): p. 355-400.
430. Churchill, E. and S. Minneman, What was that again? Conversations as asynchronous multimedia discourse., .
431. Churchill, E.F., et al., "May I Help you?": Designing embodied conversational agent allies, in Embodied Conversational Agents, J. Cassell, Editor. 1999.
432. Clark, M. and J. Mills, *Interpersonal attraction in exchange and communal relationships. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1979. 37: p. 12-24.
433. Clark, H.H. and D. Wilkes-Gibbs, Referring as a collaborative process. Cognition, 1986. 22: p. 1-39.
434. Clark, M. and H. Reis, *Interpersonal processes in close relationships. Annual Review of Psychology, 1988. 39: p. 609-672.
435. Clark, H.H. and S.E. Brennan, Grounding in Communication, in Perspectives on Socially Shared Cognition, L.B. Resnick, J.M. Levine, and S.D. Teasley, Editors. 1991, American Psychological Association: Washington. p. 127-149.
436. Clark, H., Arenas of Language Use. 1992, Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
437. Clark, H.H., Arenas of Language Use. 1992, Chicago, IL: University of Chicago Press.
438. Clark, H.H., Using Language. 1996, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
439. Clark, H., Pointing and Placing, in Pointing: Where language, culture, and cognition meet, K. Sotaro, Editor. 2001, Lawrence Erlbaum Associates: Mahwah, NJ.
440. Clarke, D., Language and Action, Oxford: Pergamon.
441. Clay, S.R. and J. Wilhelms, Put: Language-Based Interactive Manipulation of Objects. IEEE Computer Graphics and Applications, 1996. March 1996: p. 31-39.
442. Clearing-Sky, M., Exercise: Issues for Prescribing Psychologists. Psychology and Health, 1988. 2: p. 189-207.
443. Clemen, G., The Concept of Hedging: Origins, Approaches and Definitions, in Hedging and Discourse, R. Markkanen and H. Schroder, Editors. 1997, Walter de Gruyter: New York. p. 235-248.
444. Clements, D.H. and B.K. Nastasi, *Metacognition, Learning, and Educational Computer Environments. Information Technology in Childhood Education Annual, 1999: p. 5-38.
445. Clocksin, W., A Narrative Architecture for Functioning Minds: A Social Constructionist Approach, .
446. Clocksin, W. A Narrative Architecture for Functioning Minds: A Social Constructionist Approach. in Symposium on How to Design a Functioning Mind - AISB 2000. 2000.
447. Clodius, J., Living the Virtual Life: People and Places in an On-Line Community, . 1995.
448. Clore, G.L., Cognitive phenomenology: Feelings and the construction of judgment. In , editors, . , 1992, in The Construction of Social Judgments, L.L. Martin and A. Tesser, Editors. 1992, Lawrence Erlbaum Associates: Hillsdale, NJ. p. 133-163.
449. Clow, J. and S. Oviatt, STAMP: A Suite of Tools for Analyzing Multimodal System Processing, .
450. Coates, D. and T. Winston, The Dilemma of Distress Disclosure, in Self-disclosure: Theory, research and therapy, J.H. Berg and V.J. Derlega, Editors. 1987, Plenum: New York. p. 229-255.
451. Cocchi, P., Book review of K.P. Schneider. 1988. "Small talk: Analysing phatic discourse". Journal of Pragmatics, 1992. 18: p. 373-378.
452. Coco, D., Creating Humans for Games, in Computer Graphics World. 1997. p. 26-32.
453. Coen, M., et al., Agent Enhanced Speech Recognition, . 1999: AAAI ??
454. Coffin, R.J. and P.D. MacIntyre, Motivational influences on computer-related affective states. Computers in Human Behavior, 1999. 15: p. 549-569.
455. Cohen, P. and S. Oviatt, The Role of Voice Input for Human-Machine Communication, .
456. Cohen, P., J. Kulik, and C. Kulik, Educational outcomes of tutoring: A meta-analysis of findings. American Educational Research Journal, 1982. 19: p. 237-248.
457. Cohen, P.R. and E.A. Feigenbaum, The Handbook of Artificial Intelligence. Vol. 3. 1982, Los Altos, CA: William Kaufmann Publishers.
458. Cohen, P.R. and C.R. Perrault, Elements of a Plan-Based Theory of Speech Acts, in Reading in Natural Language Processing, B.J. Grosz, K.S. Jones, and B.L. Webber, Editors. 1986, Morgan Kaufmann: Los Altos, California. p. 423-440.
459. Cohen, S., D. Sherrod, and M. Clark, Social Skills and the Stress-Protective Role of Social Support. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1986. 50(5): p. 963-973.
460. Cohen, P. and C.R. Perrault, Elements of a Plan-Based Theory of Speech Acts, in Readings in Natural Language Processing, B.J. Grosz, K.S. Jones, and B.L. Webber, Editors. 1986, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: Los Altos, CA. p. 423-440.
461. Cohen, S., *Psychosocial Models of the role of Social Support in the Etiology of Physical Disease. Health Psychology, 1988. 7: p. 269-297.
462. Cohen, R., K. Schmidt, and P.v. Beek. A framework for soliciting clarification from users during plan recognition. in Proceedings of the Fourth Int. Conference on User Modeling. 1994. Hyannis, MA.
463. Cohen, P., An open agent architecture., in Software Agents, Papers from the 1994 Spring Symposium Series, O. Etzioni, Editor. 1994., AAAI Press: Menlo Park, CA.
464. Cohen, P.R., Empirical Methods for Artificial Intelligence. 1995, Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.
465. Cohen, P., et al., QuickSet: Multimodal Interaction for Distributed Applications, . 1997.
466. Cohen, P.R., et al., Synergistic Use of Direct Manipulation and Natural Language, in Readings in Intelligent User Interfaces, M.T. Maybury and W. Wahlster, Editors. 1998, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: San Francisco, CA. p. 29-37.
467. Cohen, P., et al., Multimodal Interaction for Distributed Interactive Simulation, in Readings in Intelligent User Interfaces, M.T. Maybury and W. Wahlster, Editors. 1998, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: San Francisco, CA. p. 562-571.
468. Cole, T. and J. Bradac, A Lay Theory of Relational Satisfaction with Best Friends. Journal of Social and Personal Relationships, 1996. 13(1): p. 57-83.
469. Coleman, M. and L.H. Ganong, Chapter 4: Family Reconfiguring Following Divorce, in Confronting Relationship Challenges, S. Duck and J.T. Wood, Editors. 1995, SAGE Publications: Thousand Oaks. p. 73-108.
470. Collins, N. and L. Miller, *Self disclosure and liking: A meta-analytic review. Psychological Bulletin, 1994. 116: p. 457-475.
471. Collins, N. and B. Feeney, A Safe Haven: An Attachment Theory Perspective on Support Seeking and Caregiving in Intimate Relationships. Journal of Personality and Social Pscyhology, 2000. 78(6): p. 1053-1073.
472. Comiskey, B., et al., An electrophoretic ink for all-printed reflective electronic displays. Nature, 1998. 394(16): p. 253-255.
473. Condon, S., C. Cech, and W. Edwards. Measuring Conformity to Discourse Routines in Decision-Making Interactions. in ACL?
474. Conner, M., M. Fitter, and W. Fletcher, Stress and Snacking: A Diary Study of Daily Hassles and Between-Meal Snacking. Psychology and Health, 1999. 14: p. 51-63.
475. Connors, G., et al., The Therapeutic Alliance and Its Relationship to Alchoholism Treatment Participation and Outcome. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 1997. 65(4): p. 588-598.
476. Constantinides, P., et al., A Schema Based Approach to Dialog Control, .
477. Cook, L., et al., Autonomous Synthetic Computer Characters as Personal Representatives, in Human Cognition and Social Agent Technology, K. Dautenhaun, Editor.
478. Cook-Gumperz, J., W.A. Corsaro, and J. Streeck, *CHILDREN'S WORLDS AND CHILDREN'S LANGUAGE. 1986, AI, Berlin, Federal Republic of Germany: Mouton de Gruyter.
479. Cooper, C.R.A.-L., Susan; Marquis, Angela, Children's Discourse during Peer Learning in Experimental and Naturalistic Situations. Discourse Processes, 1982. 5(2): p. 177-191.
480. Cooper, J. and J. Stone, Gender, Computer-Assisted Learning, and Anxiety: With a Little Help from a Friend. J. Educational Computing Research, 1996. 15(1): p. 67-91.
481. Cooper, R., Intergrating diverse information resources into dialogue updates, . 1997, Goteborg University: Goteborg, Sweden.
482. Copeland, J., Artificial Intelligence: A Philosophical Introduction. 1993, Malden, MA: Blackwell Publishers.
483. Core, M. and L. Schubert, Handling Speech Repairs and Other Disruptions Through Parser Metarules, .
484. Core, M.G., J.D. Moore, and C.W. Zinn. Initiative Management for Tutorial Dialogue. in NAACL-2001 Workshop on Adaptation in Dialogue Systems. 2001. Pittsburgh, PA.
485. Coriell, M. and S. Cohen, Concordance in the Face of a Stressful Event: When do Members of a Dyad Agree that One Person Supported the Other? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1995. 69(2): p. 289-299.
486. Cornwell, B. and D. Lundgren, Love on the Internet: involvement and misrepresentation in romantic relationships in cyberspace vs. realspace. Computers in Human Behavior, 2001. 17: p. 197-211.
487. Corritore, C., B. Kracher, and S. Wiedenbeck, An Overview of Trust, . 2001: CHI Workshop Position Paper.
488. Corsaro, W., Intepretive Reproduction in Children's Peer Cultures. Social Psychology Quarterly, 1992. 55(2): p. 160-177.
489. Cote, N., S. Goldman, and E. Saul, Students Making Sense of Informational Text: Relations Between Processing and
Representation. Discourse Processes, 1998. 25(1): p. 1-53.
490. Cote, N., G. Susan R, and E.U. Saul, Students Making Sense of Informational Text: Relations Between Processing and Representation. Discourse Processes, 1998. 25(1): p. 1-53.
491. Couch, L. and W. Jones, Measuring Levels of Trust. J. of Research in Personality, 1997. 31: p. 319-336.
492. Coupland, J., N. Coupland, and J.D. Robinson, "How are you?": Negotiating phatic communion. Language in Society, 1992. 21: p. 207-230.
493. Coupland, J., Dating advertisements: discourses of the commodified self. Discourse & Society, 1996. 7(2): p. 187-207.
494. Courneya, K., P. Estabrooks, and C. Nigg, A Simple Reinforcement Strategy for Increasing Attendance at a Fitness Facility. Health Education & Behavior, 1997. 24(6): p. 708-715.
495. Courneya, K.S., et al., Predicting exercise stage transitions over two consecutive 6-month periods: A test of the theory of planned behaviour in a population-based sample. British Journal of Health Psychology, 2001. 6: p. 135-150.
496. Coutaz, J., F. Berard, and J.L. Crowley. Coordination of perceptual processes for computer mediated communication. in International Conference on Automatic Face and Gesture Recognition. 1996.
497. Cowley, S.J. and K.F. MacDorman, Simulating Conversations: The Communion Game. AI & Society, 1995. 9: p. 116-137.
498. Coyne, J., J. Ellard, and D. Smith, Social Support, Interdependence, and the Dilemmas of Helping, in Social Support: an Interactional View, B. Sarason, I. Sarason, and G. Pierce, Editors. 1990, John Wiley & Sons. p. 129-149.
499. Crangle, C. and P. Suppes, Language and Learning for Robots. CSLI Lecture Notes. 1994, Stanford, CA: CSLI Publications.
500. Cristea, D. and B. Webber, Expectations in Incremental Discourse Processing. Proceedings of the 35th Annual ACL, 1997.
501. Crook, C., Cultural Artefacts in Social Development: The Case of Computers, . p. 207-231.
502. Crowley, J.L., F. Berard, and J. Coutaz. Finger tracking as an input device for augmented reality. in International Workshop on Automatic Face and Gesture Recognition. 1995. Zurich, Switzerland.
503. Crowne, D. and D. Marlowe, *The approval motive. 1964, New York: Wiley.
504. Crystal, D., A Dictionary of Linguistics and Phonetics. 2 ed. 1985, New York: Basil Blackwell.
505. Cullingford, R., SAM, in Readings in Natural Language Processing, B.J. Grosz, K.S. Jones, and B.L. Webber, Editors. 1986, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: Los Altos, CA. p. 627-650.
506. Cummins, R. and J. Pollock, eds. Philosophy and AI. . 1991, The MIT Press: Cambridge, MA.
507. Cutler, R.H., Distributed Presence and Community in Cyberspace. Interpersonal Computing and Technology, 1995. 3(2): p. 12-32.
508. Cutler, R. and M. Turk, View-based Interpretation of Real-time Optical Flow for Gesture Recognition. IEEE?, 1998: p. 416-421.
509. Cutrona, C. and D. Russell, Type of Social Support and Specific Stress: Toward a Theory of Optimal Matching, in Social Support: An Interactional View, B. Sarason, I. Sarason, and G. Pierce, Editors. 1990, John Wiley & Sons: New York.
510. Cutrona, C., Social Support in Couples. 1996, London: Sage.
511. Cutting, A.L. and J. Dunn, Theory of Mind, Emotion Understanding, Language, and Family Background: Individual Differences and Interrelations. Child Development, 1999. 70(4): p. 853-65.
512. Dahlback, N., A. Jonsson, and L. Ahrenberg. Wizard of Oz Studies: Why and How. in IUI 93. 1993.
513. Dahlback, N., A. Jonsson, and L. Ahrenberg, Wizard of Oz Studies -- Why and How, in Readings in Intelligent User Interfaces, M.T. Maybury and W. Wahlster, Editors. 1998, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: San Francisco, CA. p. 610-619.
514. Dainton, M. and L. Stafford, Routine Maintenance Behaviors: A comparison of relationships type, partner similarity and sex differences. Journal of Social and Personal Relationships, 1993. 10: p. 255-271.
515. Dale, R., Generating Referring Expressions: Constructing descriptions in a a domain of objects and processes. 1992, Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
516. Dale, R., B.D. Eugenio, and D. Scott, Introduction to the Special Issue on Natural Language Generation. Computational Linguistics, 1998. 24(3): p. 345-353.
517. Damasio, A., Descartes' Error. 1994, New York: Avon Books.
518. Damasio, A.R., Descartes' Error: Emotion, Reason, and the Human Brain. 1994, New York: Avon Books.
519. Damer, B., C. Kekenes, and T. Hoffman, Inhabited Digital Spaces. Proceedings of CHI'96, Common Ground, 1996: p. 9-10.
520. Damer, B., Avatars!: Exploring and Building Virtual Worlds on the Internet. 1997: Peachpit Press.
521. Damon, W., Peer relations and the Development of Prosocial Behavior, in Social and Personality Development,. 1983, W. W. Norton & Co.: New York. p. 101-144.
522. Damon, W., *Peer Education: The Untapped Potential. JOURNAL OF APPLIED DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY, 1984. 5: p. 331-343.
523. Damon, W. and E. Phelps, Strategic Uses of Peer Learning in Children's Education, in Peer Relationships in Child Development, T. Berndt and G. Ladd, Editors. 1989, Wiley: New York. p. 135-157.
524. Daniel, B., et al. Student-Sensitive Multimodal Explanation Generation for 3D Learning Environments. in The Sixteenth National Conference on Artificial Intelligence. 1999. Orlando, FL.
525. Danlos, L., The Linguistic Basis of Text Generation. Studies in Natural Language Processing, ed. A.K. Joshi. 1987, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
526. Darrell, T., et al., Perceptually-driven Avatars and Interfaces: active methods for direct control, . 1997, MIT Media Laboratory: Cambridge, MA.
527. Dascal, M., On the Pragmatic Structure of Conversation, in (On) Searle On Conversation, J. Searle, Editor. 1992, John Benjamins: Philadelphia. p. 35-56.
528. Dautenhahn, K., ed. Human Cognition and Social Agent Technology. Advances in Consciousness Research. 2000, John Benjamins: Philadephia, PA.
529. Davidson, J., Subsequent versions of invitations, offers, requests, and proposals dealing with potential or actual rejection, in Structure of Social Action, J. Atkinson and J. Heritage, Editors. 1984, Cambridge University Press: Cambridge.
530. Davis, J.W. and A.F. Bobick, A Robust Human-Silhouette Extraction Technique for Interactive Virtual Environments, , MIT Media Lab.
531. Davis, D., Minds have personalities - Emotion is the core, .
532. Davis, M., E. Eshelman, and M. McKay, The Relaxation and Stress Reduction Workbook. 1988, Oakland, CA: New Harbinger.
533. Davis, M. and M. Morris, Relationship-Specific and Global Perceptions of Social Support: Associations with Well-Being and Attachment. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1998. 74(2): p. 468-481.
534. Dawes, R., Psychotherapy: The Myth of Expertise, in House of Cards: Psychology and Psychotherapy Built on Myth. 1994, Free Press: New York. p. 38-74.
535. Dawes, R.M., Psychotherapy: The Myth of Expertise, in House of Cards: Psychology and Psychotherapy Built on Myth. 1994, Free Press: New York. p. 38-74.
536. De Laere, K., D. Lundgren, and S. Howe, The Electronic Mirror: Human-Computer Interaction and Change in Self-Appraisals. Computers in Human Behavior, 1998. 14(1): p. 43-59.
537. de Vicente, A. and H. Pain. Motivation Diagnosis in Intelligent Tutoring Systems I. in International Conference on Intelligent Tutoring Systems. 1998.
538. de Vicente, A. and H.I. Pain, editors, Proceedings of the N. Eliciting motivation diagnosis knowledge. in World Conference on Artificial Intelligence in Education. 1999.
539. de Vicente, A. and H. Pain. Motivation self-report in ITS. in Ninth World Conference on Artificial Intelligence in Education. 1999.
540. Deacon, T.W., The Symbolic Species: The co-evolution of language and the brain. 1997, New York: W. W. Norton.
541. Dehn, D.M. and S.v. Mulken, The Impact of Animated Interface Agents: A Review of Empirical Research. International Journal of Human-Computer Studies, 2000. 52: p. 1-22.
542. Deighton, J., The Future of Interactive Marketing, in Harvard Business Review. 1996. p. 151-162.
543. Del Soldato, T. and B. Du Boulay, Implementation of Motivational Tactics in Tutoring Systems. Journal of Artificial Intelligence in Education, 1995. 6(4): p. 337-378.
544. Delia, J.G. and R.A. Clark, Cognitive Complexity, Social Perception, and the Development of Listener-Adapted Communication in Six-, Eight-, Ten-, and Twelve-Year-Old Boys. Communication Monographs, 1977. 44(4): p. 326-345.
545. DeLisi, R. and S.L. Golbeck, Implications of Piagetian Theory for Peer Learning, in Cognitive Perspectives on Peer Learning, A.M. O'Donnell and A. King, Editors. 1999, Lawrence Erlbaum Publishers: Mahwah, NJ. p. 3-37.
546. DeLongis, A., S. Folkman, and R.S. Lazarus, The Impact of Daily Stress on Health and Mood: Psychological and Social Resources as Mediators. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1988. 54(3): p. 486-495.
547. DeMello, L., The Effect of the Presence of a Companion-Animal on Physiological Changes Following the Termination of Cognitive Stressors. Psychology and Health, 1999. 14: p. 859-868.
548. Dennett, D., The Intentional Stance. 1987, Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
549. Dennett, D.C., The Intentional Stance. 1987, Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.
550. Dennett, D.C., Consciousness Explained. 1991, Boston: Little, Brown.
551. Dennett, D., The Role of Language in Intelligence, in What is Intelligence? 1994.
552. Denton, K. and L. Zarbatany, Age Differences in Support Processes in Conversations between Friends. Child Development, 1996. 67: p. 1360-1373.
553. Depaulo, B. and H. Friedman, Nonverbal Communication, in The Handbook of Social Psychology, D. Gilbert, S. Fiske, and G. Lindzey, Editors. 1998, McGraw-Hill: Boston. p. 3-40.
554. Derlega, V., et al., *Self-disclosure. 1993, Newbury Park, CA: Sage.
555. desJardins, M., et al., A Surve of Research in Distributed, Continual Planning. AI Magazine, 1999. Winter 1999: p. 13-22.
556. Deutsch, F. and M. Mackesy, *Friendship and the development of self-schemas: The effects of talking about others. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 1985. 11: p. 399-408.
557. Dignon, A.M., Preliminary Adaptation of a Psychiatric Interview for Computerization. Computers in Human Behavior, 1997. 13(2): p. 229-245.
558. Dillard, J. and C. Harkness, Exploring the affective impact of interpersonal influence messages. Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 1992. 11(3): p. 179-191.
559. Dillard, J., T. Kinney, and M. Cruz, Influence, Appraisals, and Emotions in Close Relationships. Communication Monographs, 1996. 63(June): p. 105-130.
560. Dillard, J., et al., Politeness Judgements in Personal Relationships. Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 1997. 16(3): p. 297-325.
561. Dillard, J., D. Solomon, and M. Palmer, Structuring the Concept of Relational Communication. Comm. Monographs, 1999. 66: p. 49-65.
562. Dillenbourg, P., et al., The Evolution of Research on Collaborative Learning, in Learning in humans and machines: Towards an interdisciplinary learnng science, P.I. Reiman and H. Spada, Editors. 1995, Pergamon Press: New York. p. 189-211.
563. Dion, K. and K. Dion, *Personality, gender, and the phenomenology of romantic love, in Review of personality and social psychology, P. Shaver, Editor. 1985, Sage: Beverly Hills, CA. p. 209-239.
564. Dion, K. and K. Dion, *Romantic love: Individual and cultural perspectives, in The psychology of love, R. Sternberg and M. Barnes, Editors. 1988, Yale University Press: New Haven, CT. p. 264-289.
565. Dirkin, G., Technological Supports for Sustaining Exercise, in Advances in Exercise Adherence, R. Dishman, Editor. 1994, Human Kinetics: Champaign, IL. p. 237-247.
566. Dishman, R. and M. Steinhardt, Reliability and concurrent validity for a 7-d re-call of physical activity in college students. Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise, 1988. 20(1): p. 14-25.
567. Dishman, R., Increasing and Maintaining Exercise and Physical Activity. Behavor Therapy, 1991. 22: p. 345-378.
568. Dishman, R., C. Darracott, and L. Lambert, Failure to generalize determinants of self-reported physical activity to a motion sensor. Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise, 1992. 24: p. 904-910.
569. Dishman, R., The measurement conundrum in exercise adherence research. Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise, 1994: p. 1382-1390.
570. Dishman, R. and J. Sallis, Determinants and Interventions for Physical Activity and Exercise, in Physical Activity, Fitness and Health, C. Bouchard, R. Shephard, and T. Stephens, Editors. 1994, Human Kinetics: Champaign, IL. p. 214-238.
571. Dishman, R., Introduction: Consensus, Problems and Prospects, in Advances in Exercise Adherence, R. Dishman, Editor. 1994, Human Kinetics: Champaign, IL. p. 1-27.
572. Doherty, R.W., et al., Cultural and ethnic influences on love and attachment. Personal Relationships, 1994. 1: p. 391-398.
573. Doise, W. and G. Mugny, *The social development of the intellect. 1984, Oxford, UK: Pergamon.
574. Doise, W., The development of individual competences through social interaction, in Children helping children, H. Foot, M. Morgan, and R. Shute, Editors. 1990, Wiley: Chichester.
575. Dolgin, K.G. and N. Minowa, Gender differences in self-presentation: A comparison of the roles of flatteringness and intimacy and self-disclosure to friends. Sex Roles, 1997. 36(5/6): p. 371-380.
576. Domeshek, E., Do The Right Thing: A Component Theory for Indexing Stories as Social Advice, . 1992, Institute for the Learning Sciences, Northwestern University.
577. Don, A., Narrative and the Interface, in The Art of Human-Computer Interface Design, B. Laurel, Editor. 1990, Addison-Wesley: Reading, Mass. p. 383-391.
578. Donath, J., K. Karahallos, and F. Viegas, Visualization Conversation, .
579. Donath, J., Identity and Deception in the Virtual Community, in Communities in Cyberspace, P. Kollock and M. Smith, Editors, Routledge: London.
580. Donath, J., K. Karahalios, and F. Viegas. Visualizing Conversation. in HICSS.
581. Donath, J. Casual Collaboration. in Int. Conference on Multimedia Computing and Systems. 1994.
582. Donath, J., The Illustrated Conversation. Multimedia Tools and Applications, 1995. 1(March): p. 79-88.
583. Donath, J. Visual Who: Animating the affinities and activities of an electronic community. in ACM Multimedia 95. 1995.
584. Donath, J., Being Real, in The Robot in the Garden: Telerobotics and Telepistemology in the Age of the Internet, K. Goldberg, Editor. ??, MIT Press: Cambridge.
585. Donelan-McCall, M. and J. Dunn, *School work, teachers, and peers: The world of first grade. International-Journal-of-Behavioral-Development, 1997. 21(1): p. 155-178.
586. Doney, P. and J. Cannon, An Examination of the Nature of Trust in Buyer-Seller Relationships. Journal of Marketing, 1997. 61: p. 35-51.
587. Donohew, L., H. Sypher, and E. Higgins, Communication, Social Cognition and Affect. 1988: Lawrence Erlbaum.
588. Dorr, B. and T. Gaasterland. Selecting Tense, Aspect, and Connecting Words in Language Generation. in IJCAI 95. 1995.
589. Dourish, P. and S. Bly. Portholes: Supporting Awareness in a Distributed Work Group. in Conference on Human Factors in Computer Systems CHI'92. 1992. Monterey, California.
590. Dourish, P., Culture and Control in a Media Space, . ??
591. Douthitt, V. and M. Harvey, Exercise Counseling--How Physical Educators Can Help. JOPERD, 1995. May-June: p. 31-35.
592. Dove, G.A.W., et al., The Therapeutic Effect of Taking a Patient's History by Computer. Journal of the Royal College of General Practitioners, 1977. 27: p. 477--481.
593. Dowty, D.R., R.E. Wall, and S. Peters, Introduction to Montague Semantics. Synthese Language Library. Vol. 11. 1981, Boston: D. Reidel Publishing Company.
594. Doyle, P. and B. Hayes-Roth, An Intelligent Guide for Virtual Environments, . 1996, Stanford University.
595. Dryer, D.C. Wizards, Guides and Beyond: Rational and Empirical Methods for Selecting Optimal Intelligent User Interface Agents. in IUI 96. 1997. Orlando, FL.
596. Duck, S., *Handbook of personal relationships: Theory, research and interventions. 1988, Chinchester, England: Wiley.
597. Duck, S., *Relating to others. 1988, Chicago: Dorsey.
598. Duck, S., et al., *Some evident truths about everyday communication: All conversations are not created equal. Human Communication Research, 1991. 18: p. 228-267.
599. Duck, S., Talking Relationships into Being. Journal of Social and Personal Relationships, 1995. 12(4): p. 535-540.
600. Duck, S., et al., Sewing Relational Seeds: Contexts for Relating in Childhood, in The Developmental Psychology of Personal Relationships, R.S.L. Mills and S. Duck, Editors. 2000, John Wiley & Sons: New York.
601. Duffy, S.M. and C.E. Rusbult, Satisfaction and Commitment in Homosexual and Heterosexual Relationships. Journal of Homosexuality, 1986. 12(2): p. 1-23.
602. Duggan, A. and R. Parrott, Physicians' Nonverbal Rapport Building and Patients' Talk About the Subjective Component of Illness. Human Communication Research, 2001. 27(2): p. 299-311.
603. Dunbar, R., Grooming, Gossip, and the Evolution of Language. 1996, Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
604. Duncan, S., On the structure of speaker-auditor interaction during speaking turns. Language in Society, 1974. 3: p. 161-180.
605. Duncan, T. and E. McAuley, Social Support and Efficacy Cognitions in Exercise Adherence: A Latent Growth Curve Analysis. Journal of Behavioral Medicine, 1993. 16(2): p. 199-218.
606. Duncan, T.E. and E. McAuley, Social Support and Efficacy Cogntions in Exercise Adherence: A Latent Growth Curve Analysis. Journal of Behavioral Medicine, 1993. 16(2): p. 199-218.
607. Dunn, J., *Understanding feelings: The early stages., in Making sense: The child's construction of the world., J. Bruner, H. Haste, and et-al., Editors. 1987, Methuen: London, England UK. p. 26-40.
608. Dunn, J. and e. al, Conversations About Feeling States Between Mothers and Their Young Children. Developmental Psychology, 1987. 23(1): p. 132-39.
609. Dunn, J., *The beginnings of social understanding. 1988, Cambridge, MA, USA: Harvard University Press.
610. Dunn, J. and M. Shatz, Becoming a Conversationalist Despite (or Because of) Having an Older Sibling. Child Development, 1989. 60(2): p. 399-410.
611. Dunn, J., J. Brown, and L. Beardsall, Family Talk about Feeling States and Children's Later Understanding of Others' Emotions. Developmental Psychology, 1991. 27(3): p. 448-55.
612. Dunn, J. and J. Brown, *Relationships, talk about feelings, and the development of affect regulation in early childhood., in The development of emotion regulation and dysregulation. Cambridge studies in social and emotional development., J. Garber, K.A. Dodge, and et-al., Editors. 1991, Cambridge University Press.: New York, NY, USA. p. 89-108.
613. Dunn, J., et al., Young Children's Understanding of Other People's Feelings and Beliefs: Individual Differences and Their Antecedents. Child Development, 1991. 62(6): p. 1352-66.
614. Dunn, J., *Relationships and behaviour: The significance of Robert Hinde's work for developmental psychology., in The development and integration of behaviour: Essays in honour of Robert Hinde., P. Bateson and et-al., Editors. 1991, Cambridge University Press: Cambridge, England UK. p. 375-387.
615. Dunn, J. and S. McGuire, *Sibling and peer relationships in childhood. Journal-of-Child-Psychology-and-Psychiatry-and-Allied-Disciplines, 1992. 33(1): p. 67-105.
616. Dunn, J., *Lessons from the Study of Children's Conversations: A Discussion of the Quarterly Special Issue on Talk. Merrill-Palmer Quarterly, 1992. 38(1): p. 139-149.
617. Dunn, J. and J. Brown, *Early conversations about causality: Content, pragmatics and developmental change. British-Journal-of-Developmental-Psychology, 1993. 11(2): p. 107-123.
618. Dunn, J., *Social interaction, relationships, and the development of causal discourse and conflict management. European-Journal-of-Psychology-of-Education, 1993. 8(4): p. 391-401.
619. Dunn, J., *Young children's close relationships: Beyond attachment. 1993, Newbury Park, CA: Sage Publications.
620. Dunn, J. and J. Brown, *Affect Expression in the Family, Children's Understanding of Emotions, and Their Interactions with Others. Merrill-Palmer Quarterly, 1994. 40(1): p. 120-37.
621. Dunn, J., *Understanding others and the social world: Current issues in developmental research and their relation to preschool experiences and practice. Journal-of-Applied-Developmental-Psychology, 1994. 15(4): p. 571-583.
622. Dunn, J., *Changing minds and changing relationships., in Children's early understanding of mind: Origins and development., C. Lewis, P. Mitchell, and et-al., Editors. 1994, Lawrence Erlbaum Associates: Hove, England UK. p. 297-310.
623. Dunn, J. and e. al, *Conflict, Understanding, and Relationships: Developments and Differences in the Preschool Years. Early Education and Development, 1995. 6(4): p. 303-16.
624. Dunn, J., *Children as psychologists: The later correlates of individual differences in understanding of emotions and other minds. Cognition-and-Emotion., 1995. 9(2-3): p. 187-201.
625. Dunn, J., *Siblings, emotion and the development of understanding., in Intersubjective communication and emotion in early ontogeny. Studies in emotion and social interaction, 2nd series., S.E. Braten and et-al., Editors. 1998, Cambridge University Press: New York. p. 158-168.
626. Dunn, J. and -.C. Hughes, *Young children's understanding of emotions within close relationships. Cognition-and-Emotion, 1998. 12(2): p. 171-190.
627. Dunn, J., *Mindreading and social relationships., in Developmental psychology: Achievements and prospects., M.e.-a. Bennett, Editor. 1999, :Psychology Press/Taylor & Francis: Philadelphia, PA, US. p. 55-71.
628. Dunn, J. and A. Cutting, *Understanding others, and individual differences in friendship interactions in young children. Social-Development, 1999. 8(2): p. 201-219.
629. Dunn, J., *Making sense of the social world: Mindreading, emotion, and relationships., in Developing theories of intention: Social understanding and self-control., P.D. Zelazo, J.W. Astington, and et-al., Editors. 1999, Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc.: Mahwah, NJ, USA. p. 229-242.
630. Dunn, J., *Siblings, friends, and the development of social understanding., in Relationships as developmental contexts. The Minnesota symposia on child psychology, Vol. 30., W.A. Collins, B. Laursen, and et-al., Editors. 1999, Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc.: Mahwah, NJ,.
631. Dunn, J., *Mind-reading, emotion understanding, and relationships. International-Journal-of-Behavioral-Development, 2000. 24(2): p. 142-144.
632. Duran, R.T. and M. Gauvain, *The Role of Age versus Expertise in Peer Collaboration during Joint Planning. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 1993. 55(2): p. 227-42.
633. Duranti, A. and C. Goodwin, Rethinking context. 1992: Cambridge University Press.
634. Duranti, A., Universal and Culture-Specific Properties of Greetings. Journal of Linguistic Anthropology, 1997. 7(1): p. 63-97.
635. Dyer, M., The role of affect in narratives. Cognitive Science, 1983. 7: p. 211-242.
636. Dyer, K. and C. Thompson. Journey of Hearts: A Website for Web-education on Grief, Loss and Depression. in AMIA 2000. 2000.
637. Earl, C. and R.J. Firby. Combined Execution and Monitoring for Control of Autonomous Agents. in Autonomous Agents 97. 1997.
638. Earley, J., An Efficient Context-Free Parsing Algorithm, in Readings in Natural Language Processing, B.J. Grosz, K.S. Jones, and B.L. Webber, Editors. 1986, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: Los Altos, CA. p. 25-34.
639. Eder, D. *Peer Influence on Student Attentiveness during Classroom Lessons. in Annual Meeting of the American Educational Research Association (66th). 1982. New York, NY.
640. Edwards, L.D., A. Coddington, and D. Caterina, *Girls Teach Themselves, and Boys Too: Peer Learning in a Computer-Based Design and Construction Activity. Computers & Education, 1997. 29(1): p. 33-48.
641. Ehly, S.W. *Experimental Analysis of Some Process Variables in Peer Tutorial Learning. in Annual Convention of the National Association of School Psychologists (12th). 1980. Washington, DC.
642. Ehrich, V., The Generation of Tense, in Natural Language Generation: New Results in Artificial Intelligence, Psychology and Linguistics, G. Kempen, Editor. 1987, Martinus Nijhoff: Boston.
643. Eibl-Eibesfeldt, I., Human Ethology. 1989.
644. Eisenberg, N., et al., The Relations of Emotionality and Regulation to Children's Anger-related Reactions. Child Development, 1994. 65: p. 109-128.
645. Eisenberg, N., et al., The Role of Emotionality and Regulation in Children's Social Functioning: A Longitudinal Study. Child Development, 1995. 66: p. 1360-1384.
646. Eisenberg, N., Empathy and Sympathy, in Handbook of Emotions, M. Lewis and J. Haviland-Jones, Editors. 2000, Guildford Press.
647. Ekman, P., Facial expressions of emotion: and old controversy and new findings. .
648. Ekman, P. and W.V. Friesen, The Repertoire of Nonverbal Behavior: Categories, Origins, Usage, and Coding, in Nonverbal Communication, Interaction, and Gesture, A. Kendon, Editor. 1981, Mouton Publishers: New York. p. 58-105.
649. Ekman, P. and M. O'Sullivan, Facial expression: Methods, means, and moues, in Fundamentals of nonverbal behavior, R.S. Feldman and B. Rime, Editors. 1991, Cambridge University Press: Cambridge. p. 163-199.
650. Ekman, P., Facial expression and emotion. American Psychologist, 1993. 48(4): p. 384-392.
651. El-Nasr, M., T. Ioerger, and J. Yen, A Web of Emotions, .
652. Elliott, C., Using the Affective Reasoner to Support Social Simulation, .
653. Elliott, C., Point of View: Modeling the Emotions of Others, .
654. Elliott, C., Why boys like motorcycles: using emotion theory to find structure in humorous stories, .
655. Elliott, C., The Affective Reasoner: A process model of emotions in a multi-agent system, . 1992, Northwestern University.
656. Elliott, C., Components of two-way emotion communication between humans and computers using a broad, rudimentary, model of affect and personality. Cognitive Studies: Bulletin of the Japanese Cognitive Science Society, 1994. 1(2): p. 16-30.
657. Elliott, C. I Picked Up Catapia and Other Stories: A Multimodal Apporach to Expressivity for "Emotionally Intelligent" Agents. in Agents 97. 1997. Marina Del Rey, CA.
658. Elliott, C. and J. Brzezinski, Autonomous Agents as Synthetic Characters, in AI Magazine. 1998. p. 13-30.
659. Elliott, C., Hunting for the Holy Grail with "Emotionally Intelligent" Virtual Actors, in SIGART Bulletin. 1998. p. 20-28.
660. Emering, L., et al. Real-Time Interactions with Virtual Agents Driven by Human Action Identification. in Autonomous Agents 97. 1997.
661. Emihovich, C. and G.E. Miller, Talking to the Turtle: A Discourse Analysis of Logo Instruction. Discourse Processes, 1988. 11(2): p. 183-201.
662. Engdahl, E. and E. Vallduvi, eds. Information packaging and grammar architecture: A constraint-based approach. Integrating Information Structure into Constraint-Based Categorial Approaches, ed. E. Engdahl. 1994, CLLI: Amsterdam.
663. Ephraim P, G. and M.M. Blattner, Multimodal Interaction. IEEE MultiMedia, 1996. 3(5): p. 13-24.
664. Epstein, L.H., Integrating Theoretical Approaches to Promote Physical Activity. American Journal of Preventive Medicine, 1998. 15(4): p. 257-265.
665. Epstein, J. and W.D. Klinkenberg, From Eliza to Internet: a brief history of computerized assessment. Computers in Human Behavior, 2001. 17: p. 295-314.
666. Erickson, F., One Function of Proxemic Shifts in Face-to-Face Interaction, .
667. Eronen, S. and J. Nurmi, Social reaction styles, interpersonal behaviours and person perception: a mutli-informant approach. Journal of Social and Personal Relationships, 1999. 16(3): p. 315-333.
668. Ervin-Tripp, S. and A. Kuntay, The Occasioning and Structure of Conversational Stories, in Conversation: Cognitive, communicative and social perspectives, T. Givon, Editor. 1997, John Benjamins: Philadelphia. p. 133-166.
669. Eskenazi, M., et al., Data Collection and Processing in the Carnegie Mellon Communicator, .
670. Essa, I., et al., Modeling, tracking and interactive animation of faces and heads using input from video, . 1996, MIT Media Lab.
671. Evers, K., et al., Impacts on Health Behavior Change of Health.COM Programs, . 2001, Pro-Change Behavior Systems: West Kingston, RI.
672. Exline, R., Gaze behavior in infants and children: a tool for the study of the emotions?, in Measuring Emotions in Infants and Children, C. Izard, Editor. 1982, Cambridge University Press: Cambridge. p. 164-177.
673. Eysenck, H., The Effects of Psychotherapy: An Evaluation. .
674. Ezzat, T., MikeTalk: A Photorealistic Text-to-Audio-Visual Speech Synthesizer, . 1997, Artificial Intelligence Laboratory at MIT: Cambridge, MA.
675. Fabes, R., et al., Getting Angry at Peers: Associations with Liking of the Provocateur. Child Development, 1996. 67: p. 942-956.
676. Fagen, S.A., *Integrating Frustration Management into the Language Arts/Reading Curriculum. Pointer, 1984. 28(4): p. 29-32.
677. Fagen, S.A. and J.M. Hill, *Teaching Acceptance of Frustration: It Worked in My Classroom. Teaching Exceptional Children, 1987. 19(4): p. 49-51.
678. Faigin, G., The Artist's Complete Guide to Facial Expression. 1990, New York: Watson-Guptill.
679. Faigin, G., The Artist's Complete Guide to Facial Expression. 1990, New York: Watson-Guptill.
680. Falk, D.S., D.R. Brill, and D.G. Stork, Seeing the Light: Optics in Nature, Photography, Color, Vision, and Holography, New York: Harper & Row.
681. Fava, G.A., Well-Being Therapy: Conceptual and Technical Issues. Psychother Psychosom, 1999. 68: p. 171-179.
682. Featherstone, M. and R. Burrows, Cultures of Technological Embodiment: An Introduction, in CyberSpace/CyberBodies/CyberPunk, M. Featherstone and R. Burrows, Editors. 1995, SAGE Publications Ltd.: London. p. 1-19.
683. Fehr, B.J. and R.V. Exline, Social Visual Interaction: A Conceptual and Literature Review, in Nonverbal Behavior and Communication, A.W. Siegman and S. Feldstein, Editors. 1987, Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc.: Hillsdale. p. 225-326.
684. Feiner, S.K. and K.R. McKeown, Automating the Generation of Coordinated Multimedia Explanations, in Readings in Intelligent User Interfaces, M.T. Maybury and W. Wahlster, Editors. 1998, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: San Francisco, CA. p. 89-98.
685. Feiner, S.K., A Grid-Based Approach to Automating Display Layout, in Readings in Intelligent User Interfaces, M.T. Maybury and W. Wahlster, Editors. 1998, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: San Francisco, CA. p. 249-255.
686. Feiring, C. and M. Lewis, Sex and Age Differences in Young Children's Reactions to Frustration: A Further Look at the Goldberg and Lewis Subjects. Child Development, 1979. 50(3): p. 848-53.
687. Fekete, J.-D., et al. TicTacToon: A Paperless System for Professional 2D Animation. in Siggraph 95. 1995.
688. Felmlee, D. and D. Eder, Contextual Effects in the Classroom: The Impact of Ability Groups on Student Attention. Sociology of Education, 1983. 56(2): p. 77-87.
689. Felmlee, D.H., "Be careful what you wish for..." A quantitative and qualitative investigation of "fatal attractions". Personal Relationships, 1998. 5: p. 235-253.
690. Fels, S. and G. Hinton. Glove-TalkII: An Adaptive Gesture-to-Formant Interface. in Computer Human Interaction 1995 (SIGCHI95). 1995. Denver, CO.
691. Ferguson, G. and J. Allen, TRIPS: An Integrated Intelligent Problem-Solving Assistant, .
692. Ferguson, G., et al., The Design and Implementation of the TRAINS-96 System: A Prototype Mixed-Initiative Planning Assistant, . 1996, University of Rochester.
693. Fernandez, R., Stochastic Modeling of Physiological Signals with Hidden Markov Models: A Step Toward Frustration Detection in Human-Computer Interfaces, .
694. Ferrari, G., Types of contexts and their role in multimodal communication. Computational Intelligence, 1997. 13(3): p. 414-426.
695. Ferrell, C., Learning Social Behaviors in an Altrical Context, . 1997, Artificial Intelligence Laboratory at MIT: Cambridge, MA.
696. Fikes, R. and N. Nilsson, STRIPS: A new approach to the application of theorem proving to problem solving. Artificial Intelligence, 1971. 5(2): p. 189-208.
697. Fillmore, C., Pragmatics and the description of discourse, in Radical pragmatics, P. Cole, Editor. 1975, Academic Press: New York. p. 143-166.
698. Fillmore, C., The need for a frame semantics within linguistics, in Statistical methods in in linguistics. 1976, Skriptor: Stockholm. p. 5-29.
699. Fillmore, C.J., "FrameNet": Tools for Lexicon Building, . 1998, International Computer Science Institute: Berkeley, CA.
700. Fillmore, C.J. and C.F. Baker. Frame Semantics for Text Understanding. in NAACL 2001. 2001. Pittsburgh, PA.
701. Findler, N.V., ed. Associative Networks: Representation and Use of Knowledge By Computers. . 1979, Academic Press, Inc.: Orlando, FL.
702. Findler, N.V., Contributions to a Computer-Based Theory of Strategies. 1990, New York: Springer-Verlag.
703. Finin, T., et al., Specification of the KQML Agent-Communication Language, . 1994.
704. Finke, M., et al. Clarity: Inferring discourse structure from speech. in AAAI'98 Spring Symposium on Applying Machine Learning to Discourse Processing. 1998. Stanford, CA.
705. Finn, P., These dogs are virtual best friends, in Washington Post. 1996.
706. Firby, R., Adaptive execution in complex dynamic worlds, . 1989.
707. Firth, A., Introduction and Overview, in The Discourse of Negotiation: Studies of Language in the Workplace, A. Firth, Editor. 1995, Pergamon: Oxford. p. 1-39.
708. Fischer, G., et al., Embedding Critics in Design Environments, in Readings in Intelligent User Interfaces, M.T. Maybury and W. Wahlster, Editors. 1998, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: San Francisco, CA. p. 537-561.
709. Fish, R., R. Kraut, and R. Root. Evaluating Video as a Technology for Informal Communication. in CHI 92. 1992.
710. Fiske, S., Stereotyping, Prejudice, and Discrimination, in The Handbook of Social Psychology, D. Gilbert, S. Fiske, and G. Lindzey, Editors. 1998, McGraw-Hill: New York. p. 357-411.
711. Fitzgerald, W., Building Embedded Conceptual Parsers, . 1995, Northwestern University Institute for the Learning Sciences.
712. Fitzmaurice, G., H. Ishii, and W. Buxton. Bricks: Laying the Foundations for Graspable User Interfaces. in CHI 95. 1995.
713. Flanagan, J. and I. Marsic. Issues in Measuring the Benefits of Multimodal Interaction. in IEEE Int'l Conf. Acoustics, Speech and Signal. 1997.
714. Fleming, M. and R. Cohen. Dialogue as Decision Making Under Uncertainty: The Case of Mixed-Initiative AI Systems. in NAACL 2001 Workshop on Adaptation in Dialogue Systems. 2001.
715. Floyd, K. and J.K. Burgoon, Reacting to Nonverbal Expressions of Liking: A Test of Interaction Adaptation Theory. Communication Monographs, 1999. 66: p. 219-239.
716. Fogg, B.J. Captology: The Study of Computers as Persuasive Technologies. in CHI 98. 1998.
717. Fogg, B.J. Persuasive Computers: Perspectives and Research Directions. in CHI 98. 1998.
718. Fogg, B.J., Persuasive Technologies, in Communications of the ACM. 1999. p. 27-29.
719. Fogg, B.J. and H. Tseng. The Elements of Computer Credibility. in CHI 99. 1999.
720. Foley, J.D., et al., Computer Graphics: Principles and Practice. 2 ed. 1990, Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.
721. Foley, J., et al., A Knowledge-Based User Interface Management System, in Readings in Intelligent User Interfaces, M.T. Maybury and W. Wahlster, Editors. 1998, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: San Francisco, CA. p. 474-480.
722. Folsom, A.R., et al., Leisure Time Physical Activity and Its Relationship to Coronary Risk Factors in a Population-Based Sample. American Journal of Epidemiology, 1985. 121(4): p. 570-579.
723. Fon, J. and K. Johnson. Speech Timing Patterning as an Indicator of Discourse and Syntactic Boundaries. in International Conference on Spoken Language Processing 2000. 2000.
724. Foner, L.N., Clustering and Information Sharing in an Ecology of Cooperating Agents or How to Gossip without Spilling the Beans, .
725. Foner, L.N. Entertaining Agents: A Sociological Case Study. in Autonomous Agents '97. 1997. Marina Del Rey, CA.
726. Foot, H. and A.-M. Barron, *Friendship and Task Management in Children's Peer Tutoring. Educational Studies, 1990. 16(3): p. 237-50.
727. Foot, H., M. Morgan, and R. Shute, eds. Children Helping Children. . 1990, John Wiley: New York.
728. Foot, H., M. Morgan, and R. Shute, Children's Helping Relationships: An Overview, in Children Helping Children. 1990.
729. Foot, H.C., R.H. Shute, and M.J. Morgan, Theoretical Issues in Peer Tutoring, in Children Helping Children, H.C. Foot, M.J. Morgan, and R.H. Shute, Editors. 1990, John Wiley & Sons: New York. p. 65-92.
730. Forgas, J. and G. Bower, Mood effects on person-perception judgements. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1987. 53(1): p. 53-60.
731. Forgas, J. and S. Moylan, After the movies: Transient mood and social judgements. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 1987. 13(4): p. 467-477.
732. Forgas, J., On Feeling Good and Getting Your Way: Mood Effects on Negotiator Cognition and Bargaining Strategies. Journal of Personal and Social Psychology, 1998. 74(3): p. 565-577.
733. Fox, J.E. The Effects of Information Accuracy on User Trust and Compliance. in CHI 96. 1996. Vancouver, BC.
734. Frank, R.H., Chapter 10: Love, in Passions Within Reason: The Strategic Role of the Emotions. 1988, W. W. Norton & Company: New York. p. 185-211.
735. Franken, R.E., Human Motivation. 3 ed. 1994, Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole Publishing.
736. Frasson, C. and E. Aimeur, A Comparison of Three Learning Strategies in Intelligent Tutoring Systems. Journal of Educational Computing Research, 1996. 14(4): p. 371-83.
737. Fredrickson, B.L., Cultivating positive emotions to optimize health and well-being. Prevention and Treatment, 2000. 3.
738. Freedman, R. Degrees of Mixed-Initiative Interaction in an Intelligent Tutoring System. in AAAI Spring Symposium on Computational Models for Mixed-Initiative Interaction. 1997.
739. Freedman, R. Atlas: A Plan Manager for Mixed-Initiative, Multimodal Dialogue. in AAAI '99 Workshop on Mixed-Initiative Intelligence. 1999. Orlando.
740. Freedman, R., et al. Adaptive Processing in a Medical Intelligent Tutoring System. in NAACL 2001. 2001. Pittsburgh, PA.
741. Freeman, J.A. and D.M. Skapura, Neural Networks: Algorithms, Applications, and Programming Techniques. 1991, Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley Publishing.
742. Freud, S., On the beginning of treatment: Further recommendations on the technique of psychoanalysis., in Standard edition of the complete psychological works of Sigmund Freud, J. Strachey, Editor. 1913, Hogarth Press: London. p. 122-144.
743. Frick-Horbury, D. and R.E. Guttentag, The effects of restricting hand gesture production on lexical retrieval and free recall. American Journal of Psychology, 1998. 111(1): p. 43-62.
744. Friedlander, V.H., Small-Talk, in Pied Piper's Street, and Other Essays., V.H. Friedlander, Editor. 1922, Arrowsmith: Bristol. p. 73-77.
745. Friedman, B. and H. Nissenbaum. Software Agents and User Autonomy. in Autonomous Agents 97. 1997. Marina Del Rey, CA: ACM.
746. Friedman, S. and E. Scholnick, eds. The Developmental Psychology of Planning: Why, How, and When Do We Plan? . 1997, Lawrence Erlbaum: London.
747. Friedman, B. and J. Grudin. Trust and Accountability: Preserving Human Values in Interactional Experience. in CHI 98. 1998.
748. Friedman, B., J. Peter H. Kahn , and D.C. Howe, Trust Online. Communications of the ACM, 2000. 43(12): p. 34-40.
749. Frohlich, M. and I. Wachsmuth. Gesture Recognition of the Upper Limbs: From Signal to Symbol. in Gesture and Sign Language in Human-Computer Interaction. 1997. Bielefeld, Germany: Springer.
750. Fromer, J., Learning Optimal Discourse Strategies in a Spoken Dialogue System, in EECS. 1996, MIT.
751. Fromkin, V. and R. Rodman, An Introduction to Language. 1983, New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston.
752. Fromkin and Rodman, Semantics: The Meanings of Language, in An introduction to linguistics. 1983.
753. frontier.userland.com, Frontier and XML, . 1998.
754. Frost, K.B., *The Effects of Frustration on the Figural Creative Thinking of Fifth Grade Students. Journal of Experimental Education, 1976. 44(3): p. 20-3.
755. Fuchs, L.S., et al., *Effects of Peer-Assisted Learning Strategies in Reading with and without Training Elaborated Help Giving. The Elementary School Journal, 1999. 99(3): p. 201-219.
756. Fuchs, L.S., D. Fuchs, and S. Kazdan, *Effects of Peer-Assisted Learning Strategies on High School Students with Serious Reading Problems. Remedial and Special Education, 1999. 20(5): p. 309-318.
757. Fujita, M. and K. Kageyama. An Open Architecture for Robot Entertainment. in Autonomous Agents 97. 1997. Marina Del Rey, CA.
758. Fulton, L. and e. al, *Peer Education Partners: A Program for Learning and Working Together. TEACHING Exceptional Children, 1994. 26(4): p. 6-8.
759. Funge, J., X. Tu, and D. Terzopoulos. Cognitive Modeling: Knowledge, Reasoning and Planning for Intelligent Characters. in SIGGRAPH 99. 1999.
760. Furman, W. and D. Buhrmester, *Children's perceptions of the personal relationships in their social networks. Development Psychology, 1985. 21: p. 1016-1024.
761. Furman, W. and L. Gavin, Peers' Influence on Adjustment and Development: A View from the Intervention Literature, in Peer Relationships in Child Development. 1989, Wiley: New York. p. 319-340.
762. Furman, W., The measurement of friendshp perceptions: Conceptual and methodological issues, in The company they keep: Friendship in childhood and adolescence, W. Bukowski, A. Newcomb, and W. Hartup, Editors. 1996, Cambridge University Press: Cambridge. p. 41-65.
763. FXPAL and GNL, Conversational Character Software Architecture, . 1997.
764. Gable, S. and H. Reis, Now and then, them and us, this and that: Studying relationships across time, partner, context and person. Personal Relationships, 1999. 6: p. 415-432.
765. Gadanho, S.C. and J. Hallam. Emotion-triggered Learning for Autonomous Robots. in SAB '98 Workshop on Grounding Emotions in Adaptive Systems. 1998.
766. Gale, J., Conversational Analysis of Therapeutic Discourse: The Pursuit of a Therapeutic Agenda. 1991, Norwood, NJ: Ablex.
767. Galerter, D., The Muse in the Machine: Computerizing the Poetry of Human Thought. 1994, New York: The Free Press.
768. Gallimore, R. and e. al, *The Relationship of Sibling Caretaking and Attentiveness to a Peer Tutor. American Educational Research Journal, 1978. 15(2): p. 267-73.
769. Garber, P., M. Alibali, and S. Goldin-Meadow, Knowledge Conveyed in Gesture is not Tied to the Hands. Child Development, 1998. 69(1): p. 75-84.
770. Gardner, H., The Unschooled Mind: How Children Think & How Schools Should Teach. 1991, New York: Basic Books.
771. Garfinkel, H., A Conception of, and Experiments with, "Trust" as a Condition of Stable Concerted Actions, . p. 187-238.
772. Garland, A., N. Lesh, and C. Sidner. Learning Task Models for Collaborative Discourse. in NAACL 2001. 2001. Pittsburgh, PA.
773. Garner, R., The idea of FRED, .
774. Garner, A., Conversationally Speaking: Tested New Ways to Increase Your Personal and Social Effectiveness. 1997, Los Angeles, CA: Lowell House.
775. Garros, D., Real estate agent, Home and Hearth Realty, Cambridge, . 1999.
776. Garvin, C.D. and J.E. Tropman, Social Work in Contemporary Society. 1992, Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Simon & Schuster.
777. Geilfuss, B., Inner View and Net Weight: Environments for Personal Health Exploration, in Media Lab. 1999, MIT.
778. Geis, M.L., Speech acts and conversational interaction. 1995, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
779. Gelernter, D., Mirror Worlds. 1991, New York: Oxford University Press.
780. Gelernter, D., The Muse in the Machine: Computerizing the Poetry of Human Thought. 1994, New York: The Free Press.
781. Gelso, C. and J. Hayes, The Psychotherapy Relationship: Theory, Research and Practice. 1998, New York: John Wiley and Sons.
782. Genesereth, M.R. and N.J. Nilsson, Logical Foundations of Artificial Intelligence. 1987, Los Altos, CA: Morgan Kaufman Publishers.
783. Gershenfeld, N., The Physics of Information Technology, . 1996, MIT Media Laboratory.
784. Gershenfeld, N. and I. Chuang, Quantum Computing with Molecules. Scientific American, 1998. June 1998: p. 66-71.
785. Gershenfeld, N., B. Schoner, and E. Metois, Cluster-weighted modelling for time-series analysis. Nature, 1999. 397(January 28): p. 329-332.
786. Gerzina, M.A. and P.D. Drummond, A multimodal cognitive-behavioural approach to anger reduction in an occupational sample. Journal of Occupational and Organizational Psychology, 2000. 73: p. 181-194.
787. Geuens, M. and P.D. Pelsmacker, Affect Intensity Revisited: Individual Differences and the Communication Effects of Emotional Stimuli. Psychology & Marketing, 1999. 16(3): p. 195-209.
788. Ghezzi, P.M., et al., *Influence of Age of Listener on Preadolescents' Linguistic Behavior. The Psychological Record, 1987. 37(1): p. 109-126.
789. Gibson, E., Linguistic complexity: Locality of syntactic dependencies, . 1998, MIT Dept. of Brain and Cognitive Sciences.
790. Gibson, E. and N. Perlmutter, Constraints on sentence comprehension. Trends in Cognitive Science, 1998. 2(7): p. 262-268.
791. Giddens, A., Modernity and Self-Identity: Self and Society in the Late Modern Age. 1991, Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.
792. Gilbert, D., S. Fiske, and G. Lindzey, The Handbook of Social Psychology. 1998: McGraw Hill.
793. Gilbertson, J., K. Dindia, and M. Allen, Relational Continuity Constructional Units and the Maintenance of Relationships. Journal of Social and Personal Relationships, 1998. 15(6): p. 774-790.
794. Gill, D., A. Christensen, and F. Fincham, Predicting marital satisfaction from behavior: Do all roads really lead to Rome? Personal Relationships, 1999. 6: p. 369-387.
795. Gillam, A., The Principles and Practice of Selling. 1982, London: Heinemann.
796. Girgensohn, A., A. Lee, and K. Schlueter. Experiences in Developing Collaborative Applications Using the World Wide Web "Shell". in Hyptertext 96. 1996.
797. Gjesme, T., *General Satisfaction and Boredom at School as a Function of the Pupils' Personality Characteristics. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 1977. 21(3): p. 113-46.
798. Glazer, S.M. and P. Fantauzzo, *Dealing with the Emotional Aspects of Reading Problems. The Reading Instruction Journal, 1989. 32(3): p. 32-38.
799. Gleitman, H., Treatment of Psychopathology, in Psychology. 1998, W. W. Norton: New York. p. 762-797.
800. Godin, G., Social-Cognitive Models, in Advances in Exercise Adherence, R. Dishman, Editor. 1994, Human Kinetics: Champaign, IL. p. 113-136.
801. Godin, G., et al., Combining Behavioral and Motivational Dimensions to Identify and Characterize the Stages in the Process of Adherence to Exercise. Psychology and Health, 1995. 10: p. 333-344.
802. Goetz, P., Attractors in Recurrent Behavior Networks, . 1997, State University of New York at Buffalo: Buffalo, NY.
803. Goffman, E., The Presentation of Self in Everyday Life. 1959, New York: Anchor Books.
804. Goffman, I., On face-work, in Interaction Ritual: Essays on Face-to-Face Behavior. 1967, Pantheon: New York. p. 5-46.
805. Goffman, E., Interaction Ritual: Essays on Face-to-Face Behavior. 1967, New York: Pantheon Books.
806. Goffman, I., Frame Analysis: An essay in the organization of experience. 1974, Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
807. Goffman, E., Forms of Talk. 1981, Philadelphia, PA: University of Pennsylvania Press.
808. Goffman, E., Forms of Talk. Publications in Conduct and Communication, ed. E. Goffman and D. Hymes. 1983, Philadelphia, PA: University of Pennsylvania Publications.
809. Goin, R.P., *A Review of Peer Social Development in Early Childhood. Early Child Development and Care, 1998. 142: p. 1-8.
810. Goldberg, J., A Move Toward Describing Conversational Coherence, . p. 25-45.
811. Golden, F., Lying Faces Unmasked, in Time. 1999. p. 52.
812. Goldgrab, S., *Peer Tutoring in the Classroom, in VOICES FROM THE LITERACY FIELD, J.A. Draper and M.C. Taylor, Editors. 1994, Krieger Publishing Co: Malabar, FL.
813. Goldin-Meadow, S., D. McNeill, and J. Singleton, Silence Is Liberating: Removing the Handcuffs on Grammatical Expression in the Manual Modality. Psychological Review, 1996. 103(1): p. 34-55.
814. Goldin-Meadow, S., S. Kim, and M. Singer, What the Teacher's Hands Tell the Student's Mind About Math. Journal of Educational Psychology, 1999. 91(4): p. 720-730.
815. Goldin-Meadow, S., Beyond Words: The Imprtance of Gesture to Researchers and Learners. Child Development, 2000. 71(1): p. 231-239.
816. Goldman, S.R. and e. al, The Jasper series: Theoretical foundations and
data on problem solving and transfer. I, in The challenges in mathematics and
science education: Psychology's response, H.M. Knoff and D.L. Nelson, Editors. 1993, American Psychological Association.: Washington, D.C. p. 113-152.
817. Goldman, S.R., Designing environments to reveal, support, and expand our children's potentials., in Perspectives on fundamental processes in intellectual functioning: A survey of research approaches, S.A. Soraci and W.J. McIlvane, Editors. 1998, Ablex: Stamford, CT. p. 313-350.
818. Goldman, R., C. Geib, and C. Miller. A New Model of Plan Recognition. in Converence on Uncertainty in AI. 1999.
819. Goldsmith, D.J. and L.A. Baxter, Constituting relationships in talk: A taxonomy of speech events in social and personal relationships. Human Communication Research, 1996. 23(1): p. 87-114.
820. Goldsmith, D., V. McDermoot, and S. Alexander, Helpful, supportive and sensitive: Measuring the evaluation of enacted social support in personal relationships. Journal of Social and Personal Relationships, 2000. 17(3): p. 369-391.
821. Goldsmith, D.J., Soliciting Advice: The Role of Sequential Placement in Mitigating Face Threat. Communication Monographs, 2000. 67(1): p. 1-19.
822. Goldstein, M., M. Kilroy, and D. Van de Voort, *Gaze as a funciton of conversation and degree of love. Journal of Psychology, 1976. 92: p. 227-234.
823. Goldstein, M.C., When Brothers Share a Wife. Natural History, 1987. 96(3): p. 39-48.
824. Goleman, D., Emotional Intelligence. 1995, New York: Bantam Books.
825. Goleman, D., Emotional Intelligence: Why it can matter more than IQ. 1995, New York: Bantam Books.
826. Gombert, J., Metalinguistic Development. 1992, Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
827. Goodnow, J.J., The interpersonal and social aspects of planning, in The developmental psychology of planning. Why, how, and when do we plan?, S.L. Friedman and E.K. Scholnick, Editors. 1997, Lawrence Erlbaum: Hillsdale, NJ. p. 339-357.
828. Goodwin, C., Conversational Organization: Interaction between speakers and hearers. 1981, New York: Academic Press.
829. Goodwin, C., Achieving Mutual Orientation at Turn Beginning, in Conversational Organization: Interaction between Speakers and Hearers. 1981, Academic Press: New York. p. 55-89.
830. Goodwin, C., Notes on story structure and the organization of participation, in Structure of Social Action, J. Atkinson and J. Heritage, Editors. 1984, Cambridge University Press: Cambridge.
831. Goodwin, M.H. and C. Goodwin, Gesture and coparticipation in the activity of searching for a word. Semiotica, 1986. 62(1/2): p. 51-75.
832. Goodwin, C., Gestures as a resource for the organization of mutual orientation. Semiotica, 1986. 62(1/2): p. 29-49.
833. Goodwin, C. and M.H. Goodwin, Context, Activity and Participation, in The Contextualization of Language, P. Auer and A. Di Luzio, Editors. 1992, John Benjamins Publishing Company: Amsterdam. p. 77-99.
834. Goodwin, C. and A. Duranti, Rethinking Context: An Introduction, in Rethinking Context: Language As an Interactive Phenomenon, A. Duranti and C. Goodwin, Editors. 1992, Cambridge University Press: New York. p. 1-42.
835. Goodwin, M., Shifting Frame, in Social Interaction, Social Context, and Language: Essays in Honor of Susan Ervin-Tripp, D. Slobin, et al., Editors. 1996.
836. Goodwin, R. and C. Findlay, "We were just fated together..." Chinese love and the concept of yuan in England and Hong Kong. Personal Relationships, 1997. 4: p. 85-92.
837. Gordon, L.H., Intimacy: the art of working out your relationships, in Psychology Today. 1993. p. 40-90.
838. Gorrez, C.M. and C. Medina, Engaging Girls with Computers Through Software Games. Communications of the ACM, 2000. 43(1): p. 42-49.
839. Gorriz, C.M. and C. Medina, Engaging Girls with Computers Through Software Games. Communications of the ACM, 2000. 43(1): p. 42-49.
840. Gottlieb, B.H. The Meaning and Importance of Social Support. in Toward Active Living: The International Conference on Physical Activity, Fitness, and Health. 1994. Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics Publishers.
841. Gottman, J., *Marital interaction. 1979, New York: Academic Press.
842. Gottman, J., How Children Become Friends. Monographs of the Society for Research in Child Development, 1983. 48(3).
843. Gough, D., The Principle of Relevance and the Production of Discourse: Evidence from Xhosa Folk Narrative, in Narrative Thought and Narrative Language, B. Britton and A. Pellegrini, Editors. 1990, Lawrence Erlbaum Associates: Hillsdale, New Jersey. p. 199 - 217.
844. Grabowsi-Gellert, J. and P. Winterhoff-Spurk, Your Smile is My Command: Interaction between Verbal and Nonverbal Components of Requesting Specific to Situational Characteristics. Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 1988. 7(3-4): p. 229-242.
845. Grace, M., D.M. Kivlighan, and J. Kunce, The Effect of Nonverbal Skills Training on Counselor Trainee Nonverbal Sensitivity and Responsiveness and on Session Impact and Working Alliance Ratings. Journal of Counseling & Development, 1995. 73(May/June 1995): p. 547-552.
846. Graesser, A.C., N.K. Person, and J.P. Magliano, Collaborative dialogue patterns in naturalisitic one-to-one tutoring. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 1996. 9: p. 359-387.
847. Graesser, A., S. Franklin, and P. Wiemer-Hastings. Simulating smooth tutorial dialogue with pedagogical value. in AAAI. 1998.
848. Graesser, A. and e. al, AutoTutor: A simulation of a human tutor. Cognitive Systems Research, 1999. 1.
849. Graesser, A., Architecture of AutoTutor, . 2001, University of Memphis: Memphis, TN.
850. Graesser, A.C. and N. Person. Teaching with the Help of Talking Heads. in IEEE International Conference on Advanced Learning Technologies. 2001. Madison, WI: IEEE Press.
851. Graf, W.H., Constraint-Based Graphical Layout of Multimodal Presentations, in Readings in Intelligent User Interfaces, M.T. Maybury and W. Wahlster, Editors. 1998, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: San Francisco, CA. p. 263-285.
852. Graham, E.E., M.J. Papa, and G.P. Brooks, *Functions of Humor in Conversation: Conceptualization and Measurement. Western Journal of Communication, 1992. 56(2): p. 161-183.
853. Grand, S., D. Cliff, and A. Malhotra. Creatures: Artificial Life Autonomous Software Agents for Home Entertainment. in Autonomous Agents 97. 1997. Marina Del Rey, CA.
854. Grantham, S., Generation of Non-Verbal Behaviors for an Embodied Conversational Character, in Electrical Engineering and Computer Science. 1998, MIT: Cambridge, MA. p. 95.
855. Grantham, S., Generation of Non-Verbal Behavior for an Embodied Conversational Character, in Department of Electrical Engineering and Computer Science. 1998, MIT: Cambridge. p. 95.
856. Grasso, M.A. and T. Finin, Task Integration in Multimodal Speech Recognition Environments. ACM Crossroads, 1997. 3(3): p. 19-22.
857. Grasso, M.A., D. Ebert, and T. Finin, The Integrality of Speech in Multimodal Interfaces. ACM Transactions on Computer-Human Interaction, 1998. 5(4): p. 303-325.
858. Gratch, J., Human-like Behavior, Alas, Demands Human-like Intellect, .
859. Gratch, J. Why You Should Buy an Emotional Planner. in Workshop on Emotion-Based Agent Architectures. 1999. Seattle, WA.
860. Graumann, C. and T. Herrmann, Other-relatedness in language processing. Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 1988. 7(3-4): p. 159-168.
861. Graybill, D., *Developmental Changes in the Rosenzweig Picture--Frustration Study, Children's Form. Child Study Journal, 1987. 17(2): p. 89-96.
862. Green, N., et al., A Media-Independent Cotnent Language for Integrated Text and Graphics Generation, .
863. Green, N., et al., Generating Visual Arguments: a Media-Independent Approach, .
864. Green, B., et al., BASEBALL: An Automatic Question Answerer, in Readings in Natural Language Processing, B.J. Grosz, K.S. Jones, and B.L. Webber, Editors. 1986, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: Los Altos, CA. p. 545-550.
865. Greenberg, L.S. and R.H. Rhodes, Emotion in the Change Process, in How People Change, C. Stricker, Editor. 1991. p. 39-58.
866. Greenberg, S. Peepholes: Low Cost Awareness of One's Community. in CHI 96. 1996.
867. Greenhalgh, C. and S. Benford. Virtual Reality Tele-conferencing: Implementation and Experience. in Computer Supported Co-operative Work (ECSCW'95). 1995. Stockholm, Sweden.
868. Greenspan, S.I., The Growth of the Mind: And the Endangered Origins of Intelligence. 1997, Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.
869. Gregory, S. and S. Webster, A nonverbal signal in voices of interview partners effectively predicts communication accomodation and social status perceptions. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1996. 70(6): p. 1231-1240.
870. Grice, P., Studies in the Way of Words. 1989, Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
871. Gronningsaeter, H., et al., Improved Health and Coping by Physical Exercise or Cognitive Behavioral Stress Management Training in a Work Environment. Psychology and Health, 1992. 7: p. 147-163.
872. Gross, J. and O. John, Mapping the Domain of Expressivity: Multimethod Evidence for a Hierarchical Model. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1998. 74(1): p. 170-191.
873. Grosz, B., Discourse and Dialogue, .
874. Grosz, B. and S. Kraus, The Evolution of SharedPlans, in Foundations and Theories of Rational Agency, A. Rao and M. Wooldridge, Editors.
875. Grosz, B. and C. Sidner, Attention, Intentions, and the Structure of Discourse. Computational Linguistics, 1986. 12(3): p. 175-204.
876. Grosz, B., K. Jones, and B. Webber, Readings in Natural Language Processing. 1986, Los Altos, CA: Morgan Kaufmann.
877. Grosz, B., The Representation and Use of Focus in a System for Understanding Dialogs, in Readings in Natural Language Processing, B.J. Grosz, K.S. Jones, and B.L. Webber, Editors. 1986, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: Los Altos, CA. p. 353-362.
878. Grosz, B.J., K.S. Jones, and B.L. Webber, eds. Readings in Natural Language Processing. . 1986, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: Los Altos, CA.
879. Grosz, B., M.E. Pollack, and C.L. Sidner, Discourse, in Foundations of Cognitive Science, M.I. Psner, Editor. 1989, MIT Press: Cambridge, MA.
880. Grosz, B. and C. Sidner, Plans for Discourse, in Intentions in Communication, P.R. Cohen, J. Morgan, and M.E. Pollack, Editors. 1990, MIT Press: Cambridge, MA. p. 417-444.
881. Grosz, B. and S. Kraus. Collaborative plans for group activities. in Proc. 13th Int. Joint Conf. Artificial Intelligence. 1993. Chambery, France.
882. Grosz, B., A.K. Joshi, and S. Weinstein, Centering: A Framework for Modelling the Local Coherence of Discourse. Computational Linguistics, 1995. 21(2): p. 203-227.
883. Grosz, B.J. and S. Kraus, Collaborative Plans for Complex Group Action. Artificial Intelligence, 1996. 86(2): p. 269-357.
884. Grosz, B. and S. Kraus, Collaborative plans for complex group action. Artificial Intelligence, 1996. 86(2): p. 269--357.
885. Grosz, B., L. Hunsberger, and S. Kraus, Planning and Acting Together. AI Magazine, 1999. Winter: p. 23-34.
886. Grote, N. and I. Frieze, The measurement of Frienship-based Love in intimate relationships. Personal Relationships, 1994. 1: p. 275-300.
887. Grote, N.K., I.H. Frieze, and C.A. Stone, Children, traditionalism in the division of family work, and marital satisfaction: "What's love got to do with it?". Personal Relationships, 1996. 3: p. 211-228.
888. Gruber, H., et al., Situated Learning and Transfer, in Learning in humans and machines: Towards an interdisciplinary learnng science, P.I. Reiman and H. Spada, Editors. 1995, Pergamon Press: New York. p. 168-188.
889. Guenter, B., et al. Making Faces. in Siggraph 98. 1998: ACM Siggraph.
890. Guerrero, L., P. Andersen, and M. Trost, Communication and Emotion: Basic Concepts and Approaches, in Handbook of Communication and Emotion, P. Andersen and L. Guerrero, Editors. 1998, Academic Press: New York.
891. Guinn, C. Mechanisms for Mixed-Initiative Human-Computer Collaborative Discourse. in Proc. 34th Annual Meeting of the ACL. 1996.
892. Gumperz, J., Sociocultural Knowledge in Conversational Inference, in Linguistics and Anthroplogy, M. Saville-Troike, Editor. 1977, Georgetown University Press: Washington DC. p. 191-211.
893. Gustafson, J., M. Lundeberg, and J. Liljencrants, Experiences from the development of August - a multi-modal spoken dialogue system, .
894. Gustafson, J., N. Lindberg, and M. Lundeberg. The August Spoken Dialogue System. in Eurospeech. 1999.
895. Gustafson, J., et al. AdApt - a multimodal conversational dialogue system in an apartment domain. in ICSLP-2000. 2000. Beijing, China.
896. Gutek, B., et al., Features of Service Relationships and Encounters. Work and Occupations, 2000. 27(3): p. 319-352.
897. Gutwin, C., S. Greenberg, and M. Roseman. Supporting Awareness of Others in Groupware. in CHI 96. 1996.
898. Gutwin, C. and S. Greenberg. Workspace Awareness for Groupware. in CHI 96. 1996.
899. Guye-Vuilleme, A., et al. Nonverbal Communication Interface for Collaborative Virtual Environments. in Collaborative Virtual Environments 1998. 1998. Manchester, UK.
900. Hacker, D., Definitions and emprical foundations, in Metacognition in Educational Theory and Practice. 1998.
901. Hadar, U., et al., Gesture and the Processing of Speech: Neuropsychological Evidence. Brain and Language, 1998. 62: p. 107-126.
902. Haegeman, L. and J. Gueron, English Grammar: a generative perspective, ed. B.T.i. Linguistics. 1999, Malden, MA: Blackwell.
903. Hahn, S.E., The effects of locus of control on daily exposure, coping and reactivity to work interpersonal stressors: a diary study. Personality and Individual Differences, 2000. 29: p. 729-748.
904. Hallett, B., Psychology lab uses puppets and play to explore the mind of the child, in University of Waterloo Gazette. 2000: Waterloo, ON.
905. Halliday, M.A.K. and R. Hasan, Cohesion in English. 1976: Longman.
906. Hamilton, M. and M. Weiss, Children as Storytellers: Teaching the Basic Tools, in School Library Journal. 1993. p. 30-33.
907. Hammond, K.J., Learning to Anticipate and Avoid Planning Problems through the Explanation of Failures, . p. 556-560.
908. Hammond, K.J., CHEF: A Model of Case-Based Planning, . p. 267-271.
909. Hampes, W.P., Relation between intimacy and humor. Psychological Reports, 1992. 71: p. 127-130.
910. Hancock, J.T. and P.J. Dunham, Language Use in Computer-Mediated Communication: The Role of Coordination Devices. Discourse Processes, 2001. 31(1): p. 91-110.
911. Hanks, S. Discourse Planning: Technical Challenges for the Planning Community. in AAAI Workshop on Planning for Inter-Agent Communication. 1994.
912. Hanks, S. "Classical" Planning under Uncertainty. in Advanced Planning Technology. 1996.
913. Hansell, S., Ego Development and Peer Friendship Networks. Sociology of Education, 1981. 54(1): p. 51-63.
914. Hansson, R. and T. Skog. The LoveBomb: Encouraging the Communication of Emotions in Public Spaces. in CHI 2001. 2001.
915. Hardy, D., T. Power, and S. Jaedicke, Examining the Relation of Parenting to Children's Coping with Everyday Stress. Child Development, 1993. 64: p. 1829-1841.
916. Harland, J., et al., The Newcastle exercise project: a randomised controlled trial of methods to promote physical activity in primary care. British Medical Journal, 1999. 319: p. 828-832.
917. Harlow, R. and N. Cantor, To Whom Do People Turn When Things Go Poorly? Task Orientation and Functional Social Contacts. Journal of Personal and Social Psychology, 1995. 69(2): p. 329-340.
918. Harre, R., Social Being. 1979, Oxford: Blackwell.
919. Harris, S.S., et al., Physical Activity Counseling for Healthy Adults as a Primary Preventive Intervention in the Clinical Setting. Journal of the American Medical Association, 1989. 261(24): p. 3590-3598.
920. Harrison, B., H. Ishii, and M. Chignell, An Empirical Study on Orientation of Shared Workspaces and Interpersonal Spaces in Video-Mediated Collaboration, .
921. Harrison, D.A. and L.Z. Liska, Promoting Regular Exercise in Organizational Fitness Programs: Health-Related Differences in Motivational Building Blocks. Personnel Psychology, 1994. 47: p. 47-71.
922. Harrison, B.L., et al. Squeeze Me, Hold Me, Tilt Me! An Exploration of Manipulative User Interfaces. in CHI'98. 1998.
923. Hartup, W., Behavioral Manifestations of Children's Friendships, in Peer Relationships in Child Development, T. Berndt and G. Ladd, Editors. 1989, Wiley: New York. p. 46-70.
924. Hartup, W.W. and S.G. Moore, *Early Peer Relations: Developmental Significance and Prognostic Implications. EARLY CHILDHOOD RESEARCH QUARTERLY, 1990. 5: p. 1-17.
925. Hartup, W., et al., Conflict and Friendship Relations in Middle Childhoold: Behavior in a Closed-Field Situation. Child Development, 1993. 64: p. 445-454.
926. Hartup, W., Cooperation, close relationships, and cognitive development, in The company they keep: Friendship in childhood and adolescence, W. Bukowski, A. Newcomb, and W. Hartup, Editors. 1996, Cambridge University Press: Cambridge. p. 213-237.
927. Hartup, W., The Company They Keep: Friendships and Their Development Significance. Child Development, 1996. 67: p. 1-13.
928. Hasegawa, T., Y.I. Nakano, and T. Kato. A Collaborative Dialogue Model Based on Interaction between Reactivity and Deliberation. in Autonomous Agents '97. 1997. Marina Del Rey, CA.
929. Haslam, N. and A. Fiske, Relational models theory: A confirmatory factor analysis. Personal Relationships, 1999. 6: p. 241-250.
930. Hatfield, E. and R. Rapson, *Passionate love: New directions in research, in Advances in personal relationships, W. Jones and D. Perlman, Editors. 1987, JAI Press: Greenwich, CT. p. 109-139.
931. Havens, L., Making Contact: Uses of Language in Psychotherapy. 1986, Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
932. Haviland, J.B., 'Sure, sure': Evidence and Affect. Text, 1989. 9(1): p. 27-68.
933. Hayakawa, S.I., Language in Thought and Action. 1965, London: Allen & Unwin.
934. Hayashi, G.M. and B.R. Strickland, Long-Term Effects of Parental Divorce on Love Relationships: Divorce as Attachment Disruption. Journal of Social and Personal Relationships, 1998. 15(1): p. 23-28.
935. Hayes-Roth, B., R.v. Gent, and D. Huber, Acting in Character, .
936. Hayes-Roth, B. and R.v. Gent, Improvisational Puppets, Actors and Avatars, .
937. Hayes-Roth, B. and F. Hayes-Roth, A Cognitive Model of Planning. Cognitive Science, 1979. 3(4): p. 275-310.
938. Hayes-Roth, B. and R.v. Gent. Story-Making with Improvisational Puppets. in Autonomous Agents 97. 1997. Marina Del Rey, CA.
939. Hayes-Roth, B. and P. Doyle, Animate Characters. Journal of Autonomous Agents and Multi-Agent Systems 1998, 1998.
940. Hazan, C. and P. Shaver, Romantic love conceptualized as an attachment process. J. of Personality and Social Psychology, 1987. 52(3): p. 511-524.
941. Hazan, C. and P. Shaver, Romantic Love Conceptualized as an Attachment Process. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1987. 52(3): p. 511-524.
942. He, L.-w., M.F. Cohen, and D.H. Salesin. The Virtual Cinematographer: A Paradigm for Automatic Real-Time Camera Control and Directing. in SIGGRAPH 96. 1996. New Orleans: ACM.
943. Heath, C., Talk and recipiency: sequential organization in speech and body movement, in Structures of Social Action, J.M. Atkinson and J. Heritage, Editors. 1984, Cambridge University Press: Cambridge. p. 247-265.
944. Heath, C., Talk and recipiency: sequential organization in speech and body movement, in Structure of Social Action, J. Atkinson and J. Heritage, Editors. 1984, Cambridge University Press: Cambridge.
945. Heath, C., Gesture's Discreet Tasks: Multiple Relevancies in Visual Conduct and in the Contextualisation of Language, in The Contextualization of Language, P. Auer and A. Di Luzio, Editors. 1992, John Benjamins Publishing Company: Amsterdam. p. 101-133.
946. Heath, S.B.L., Juliet, *Shared Thinking and the Register of Coaching, in SOCIOLINGUISTIC PERSPECTIVES ON REGISTER, D. Biber and E. Finegan, Editors. 1994, Oxford U Press: New York, NY. p. 82-105.
947. Heckerman, D. and E. Horvitz. Inferring Informational Goals from Free-Text Queries: A Bayesian Approach. in Fourteenth Conference on Uncertainty in AI. 1998.
948. Heeman, P.A. and G. Hirst, Collaborating on Referring Expressions. Computational Linguistics, 1995. 21(3).
949. Heeman, P.A., D. Byron, and J.F. Allen. Identifying Discourse Markers in Spoken Dialog. in AAAI Spring Symposium on Applying Machine Learning and Discourse Processing. 1998. Stanford, CA.
950. Heeman, P.A. and S.E. Strayer. Adaptive Modeling of Dialogue Initiative. in NAACL 2001 Workshop on Adaptation in Dialogue Systems. 2001.
951. Heider, F., *The psychology of interpersonal relations. 1958, New York: Wiley.
952. Heller, P. and e. al, *Learning about Technology: Family vs. Peer Pairings. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 1988. 25(1): p. 1-14.
953. Henderson, K., M. Glancy, and S. Little, Putting the Fun into Physical Activity. JOPERD, 1999. 70(8): p. 43-49.
954. Hendrick, C. and S. Hendrick, *Liking, loving, and relating. 1983, Monterey, CA: Brooks/Cole.
955. Hendrick, C. and S. Hendrick, Research on love: Does it mesure up? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1989. 56: p. 784-789.
956. Hendrick, C. and S.S. Hendrick, Research on Love: Does It Measure Up? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1989. 56(5): p. 784-794.
957. Hendrix, G., Semantic Aspects of Translation, in Readings in Natural Language Processing, B.J. Grosz, K.S. Jones, and B.L. Webber, Editors. 1986, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: Los Altos, CA. p. 267-284.
958. Hendrix, G., et al., Developing a Natural Language Interface to Complex Data, in Readings in Natural Language Processing, B.J. Grosz, K.S. Jones, and B.L. Webber, Editors. 1986, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: Los Altos, CA. p. 563-584.
959. Henley, M., *Teaching Students to Overcome Frustration. Reaching Today's Youth: The Community Circle of Caring Journal, 1997. 1(2): p. 23-26.
960. Henry, F.M., V.A. Reed, and L.L. McAllister, *Adolescents' Perceptions of the Relative Importance of Selected Communication Skills in Their Positive Peer Relationships. Language, Speech, and Hearing Services in Schools, 1995. 26(3): p. 263-272.
961. Heritage, J. and J. Atkinson, Introduction, in Structure of Social Action, J. Atkinson and J. Heritage, Editors. 1984, Cambridge University Press: Cambridge.
962. Herrera, C. and J. Dunn, Early Experiences with Family Conflict: Implications for Arguments with a Close Friend. Developmental Psychology, 1997. 33(5): p. 869-81.
963. Hicks, D.A., Individual and Social Meanings in the Classroom: Narrative Discourse as a Boundary Phenomenon. Journal of Narrative and Life History, 1994. 4(3): p. 215-240.
964. Hinckley, K., et al. Sensing Techniques for Mobile Interaction. in UIST 2000. 2000.
965. Hinde, R., A suggested structure for a science of relationships. Personal Relationships, 1995. 2: p. 1-15.
966. Hinde, R., C. Finkenauer, and A. Auhagen, Relationships and the self-concept. Personal Relationships, 2001. 8: p. 187-204.
967. Hirschberg, J. and C. Nakatani, A Prosodic Analysis of Discourse Segments in Direction-Giving Monologues, .
968. Hirschberg, J. and J. Pierrehumbert. The Intonational Structuring of Discourse. in ACL 86. 1986. New York.
969. Hirschberg, J. Accent and Discourse Context: Assigning Pitch Accent in Synthetic Speech. in AAAI 90. 1990.
970. Hirschberg, J., Pitch accent in context: predicting intonational prominence from text. Artificial Intelligence, 1993. 63: p. 305-340.
971. Hirschberg, J., D. Litman, and M. Swerts. Identifying User Corrections Automatically in Spoken Dialogue Systems. in NAACL 2001. 2001. Pittsburgh, PA.
972. Hirst, G., et al. Authoring and Generating Health-Education Documents That are Tailored to the Needs of the Individual Patient. in UM 97. 1997.
973. Hisrich, R.D. and R.W. Jackson, Selling and Sales Management. 1993, Hauppause, New York: Barron's.
974. Hiyakumoto, L., S. Prevost, and J. Cassell, Semantic and Discourse Information for Text-to-Speech Intonation, , MIT Media Lab.
975. Hobbs, J.R., Topic Drift, in Conversational Organization and Its Development, B. Dorval, Editor, Ablex Publishing: Norwood, NJ. p. 3-22.
976. Hobbs, J., Toward adequate formal models of natural discourse: Questions for discourse. Text, 1983. 3(3): p. 235-240.
977. Hobbs, J., The Coherence of Incoherent Discourse. Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 1985. 4(3-4): p. 213-232.
978. Hobbs, J., Resolving Pronoun References, in Readings in Natural Language Processing, B.J. Grosz, K.S. Jones, and B.L. Webber, Editors. 1986, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: Los Altos, CA. p. 339-352.
979. Hobbs, J., Artificial Intelligence and Collective Intentionality: Comments on Searle and on Grosz and Sidner, in Intentions in Communication, P. Cohen, J. Morgan, and M. Pollack, Editors. 1990, MIT Press: Cambridge, MA. p. 445-462.
980. Hoch, M. A Prototype System for Intuitive Film Planning. in FG '98. 1998. Nara, Japan: IEEE Press.
981. Hockey, B.A., et al., Can You Predict Responses to Yes/No Questions? Yes, No, and Stuff, .
982. Hofer, B., et al. Facial Animation: Past, Present and Future. in Siggraph 97. 1997.
983. Hoffman, D., T. Novak, and M. Peralta, Building Consumer Trust Online. Communications of the ACM, 1999. 42(4): p. 80-85.
984. Hofmeester, G.H., J.A.M. Kemp, and A.C.M. Blankendaal. Sensuality in Product Design: a Structured Approach. in CHI 96. 1996.
985. Hogan, D.M. and J.R.H. Tudge, Implications of Vygotsky's Theory for Peer Learning, in Cognitive Perspectives on Peer Learning, A. O'Donnell and A. King, Editors. 1999, Lawrence Erlbaum: Mahwah, NJ.
986. Holahan, C. and R. Moos, Personal and Contextual Determinants of Coping Strategies. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1987. 52(5): p. 946-955.
987. Holahan, C., et al., Social Context, Coping Strategies, and Depresive Symptoms: An Expanded Model with Cardiac Patients. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1997. 72(4): p. 918-928.
988. Holdcroft, D., Indirect speech acts and propositional content, in Foundations of speech act theory, S.L. Tsohatzidis, Editor. 1994, Routledge: London. p. 350-364.
989. Hollan, J.D., E.L. Hutchins, and L.M. Weitzman, Steamer: An Interactive Inspectable Simulation-Based Training System, in Readings in Intelligent User Interfaces, M.T. Maybury and W. Wahlster, Editors. 1998, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: San Francisco, CA. p. 447-473.
990. Holmes, T. and R. Rahe, Social Readjustment Rating Scale. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 1967. II: p. 214.
991. Holmes, J. and J. Rempel, *Trust in close relationships, in Review of personality and social psychology, C. Hendrick, Editor. 1989, Sage: Newbury Park. p. 187-220.
992. Holmes, J., Trust and the Appraisal Process in Close Relationships, in Advances in Personal Relationships, W. Jones and D. Perlman, Editors. 1991, Jessica Kingsley: London. p. 57-104.
993. Holmes, J.H., et al. HEART SENSE: A Game-Based Approach to Reducing Delay in Seeking Care for Acute Coronary Syndrome. in AMIA 2000. 2000. Los Angeles, CA.
994. Holtgraves, T., The Language of Self-Disclosure, in Handbook of Language and Social Psychology, H. Giles and W.P. Robinson, Editors. 1990, John Wiley & Sons Ltd. p. 191-207.
995. Holtgraves, T. and B. Lasky, Linguistic Power and Persuasion. Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 1999. 18(2): p. 196-205.
996. Hopcroft, J.E. and J.D. Ullman, Introduction to Automata Theory, Languages, and Computation. 1979, Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.
997. Hopkins, T., How to Master the Art of Selling. 1982, New York: Warner Books.
998. Horacek, H. Generating Inference-Rich Discourse Through Revisions of RST-Trees. in AAAI. 1998.
999. Horn, S., Cyberville : clicks, culture, and the creation of an online town. 1998, New York: Warner Books. xi, 340.
1000. Hornstein, G., Intimacy in Conversational Style as a Function of the Degree of Closeness Between Members of a Dyad. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1985. 49(3): p. 671-681.
1001. Horowitz, E. and S. Sahni, Fundamentals of Computer Algorithms. 1979, Rockville, MD: Computer Science Press.
1002. Horowitz, E., Fundamentals of Programming Languages. 2 ed. 1984, Rockville, MD: Computer Science Press.
1003. Horswill, I. Variable binding and predicate representation in a behavior-based architecture. in Animals to Animats 4. 1996.
1004. Horvath, A. and L. Greenberg, Development and Validation of the Working Alliance Inventory. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 1989. 36(2): p. 223-233.
1005. Horvath, A. and L. Luborsky, The Role of the Therapeutic Alliance in Psychotherapy. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 1993. 61(4): p. 561-573.
1006. Horvitz, E. and T. Paek, A Computational Architecture for Conversation, .
1007. Horvitz, E., Principles of Mixed-Initiative User Interfaces, .
1008. Horvitz, E., et al. The Lumiere Project: Bayesian User Modeling for Inferring the Goals and Needs of Software Users. in Fourteenth Conference on Uncertainty in Artificial Intelligence. 1998. Madison, WI.
1009. Hovy, E. Putting Affect into Text. in Eighth Annual Conference of the Cognitive Science Society. 1986.
1010. Hovy, E., Some Pragmatic Decision Criteria in Generation, in Natural Language Generation: New Results in Artificial Intelligence, Psychology and Linguistics, G. Kempen, Editor. 1987, Martinus Nijhoff: Boston.
1011. Hovy, E.H. Planning Coherent Multisentential Text. in ACL. 1988. Buffalo, NY.
1012. Hovy, E.H., Automated Discourse Generation using Discourse Structure Relations. Artificial Intelligence, 1993. 63.
1013. Hovy, E. and Y. Arens, Automatic Generation of Formatted Text, in Readings in Intelligent User Interfaces, M.T. Maybury and W. Wahlster, Editors. 1998, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: San Francisco, CA. p. 256-262.
1014. Howard, R.A., Decision Analysis: Manuscript in Progress, . 1994.
1015. Howes, C., K. Droege, and C.C. Matheson, *Play and Communicative Processes within Long- and Short-Term Friendship Dyads. Journal of Social and Personal Relationships, 1994. 11(3): p. 401-410.
1016. Hsu, L., et al. Evaluation in Consumer Health Informatics: Examples of Evaluations, How They Informed Their Projects, and How They Inform The Field. in AMIA 2000. 2000. Los Angeles, CA.
1017. Huang, T.S. and V.I. Pavlovic. Hand gesture modeling, analysis, and synthesis. in International Workshop on Automatic Face and Gesture Recognition. 1995. Zurich, Switzerland.
1018. Hubbard, J.A. and J.D. Coie, *Emotional Correlates of Social Competence in Children's Peer Relationships. Merrill-Palmer Quarterly, 1994. 40(1): p. 1-20.
1019. Hughes, P.C., Spacecraft Attitude Dynamics (Introduction, Chapter 2, Appendices B & C). 1986, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
1020. Hughes, M. and P. Greenhough, *Feedback, Adult Intervention, and Peer Collaboration in Initial LOGO Learning. Cognition and Instruction, 1995. 13(4): p. 525-39.
1021. Hughes, G.E. and M.J. Cresswell, A New Introduction to Modal Logic. 1996, New York: Routledge.
1022. Hughes, C. and J. Dunn, Understanding Mind and Emotion: Longitudinal Associations with Mental-State Talk Between Young Friends. Developmental Psychology, 1998. 34(5): p. 1026-37.
1023. Humphrys, M. Action Selection methods using Reinforcement Learning. in Animals to Animats 4.
1024. Hunt, M.J., Speech is More than Just an Audible Version of Text, in The Structure of Multimodal Dialogue, M. Taylor, F. Neel, and D.G. Bouwhuis, Editors. 1989, Elsevier Science Publishers: North-Holland. p. 287-299.
1025. Hwang, P. and W. Burgers, Properties of Trust: An Analytical View. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 1997. 69(1): p. 67-73.
1026. Iacobucci, C., Accounts, formulations and goal attainment strategies in service encounters, in Multiple goals in discourse, K. Tracy and N. Coupland, Editors. 1991, Multilingual Matters: Clevedon. p. 85-99.
1027. ibm.com, XML: the next big thing, . 1999.
1028. Ingersoll-Dayton, B., et al., Separateness and Togetherness: Interdependence Over the Life Course in Japanese and American Marriages. Journal of Social and Personal Relationships, 1996. 13(3): p. 385-398.
1029. Inoue, T., k.-i. Okada, and Y. Matshushita, Integration of Face-to-Face and Video-Mediated Meetings: HERMES. Proceedings of ACM SIGGROUP'97, 1997: p. 385-394.
1030. Isbister, K., et al. Helper Agent: Desingning an Assistant for Human-Human Interaction in a Virtual Meeting Space. in CHI 2000. 2000.
1031. Isen, A., K. Daubman, and G. Nowicki, Positive Affect Facilitates Creative Problem Solving. J. of Personality and Social Psychology, 1987. 52(6): p. 1122-1131.
1032. Isen, A., A. Rosenzweig, and M. Young, The Influence of Positive Affect on Clinical Problem Solving. Medical Decision Making, 1991. 11(3): p. 221-227.
1033. Isen, A., Talk on the effects of positive affect, . 2000: MIT Media Lab.
1034. Ishii, H. and B. Ullmer. Tangible Bits: Towards Seamless Interfaces between People, Bits and Atoms. in CHI 97. 1997.
1035. Isotalus, P. and H. Muukkonen, Animated Agent Immediacy and News Service with Handheld Computers. REVIEWED FOR PUBLICATION, 2001.
1036. Ito, M., Virtually Embodied: The Reality of Fantasy in a Multi-User Dungeon, in Internet Culture, D. Porter, Editor. 1997, Routledge: New York. p. 87-109.
1037. Izard, C.E., Four systems for emotion activation: Cognitive and noncognitive processes. Psychological Review, 1993. 100(1): p. 68-90.
1038. Jackendoff, R. and B. Landau, Spatial Language and Spatial Cognition, . p. 145-167.
1039. Jackendoff, R., Semantic Structures. Current Studies in Linguistics. 1990, Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.
1040. Jackson, S., J. Krajcik, and E. Soloway, The Design of Guided Learner-Adaptable Scaffolding in Interactive Learning Environments. .
1041. Jackson, S.L., et al., Learner-Centered Software Design to Support Students Building Models, .
1042. Jackson, D.D., The Individual and the Larger Contexts, in General Systems Theory and Psychiatry, W. Gray, F.J. Duhl, and N.D. Rizzo, Editors. 1969, Little, Brown and Company: Boston. p. 387-396.
1043. Jacob, R., The Use of Eye Movements in Human-Computer Interaction Techniques: What You Look at Is What You Get, in Readings in Intelligent User Interfaces, M.T. Maybury and W. Wahlster, Editors. 1998, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: San Francisco, CA. p. 65-87.
1044. Jacobs, R.A. and P.S. Rosenbaum, English Transformational Grammar. 1968, Waltham, MA: Blaisdell Publishing Co.
1045. Jacobson, N. and W. Bender, Color as a determined communication. IBM Systems Journal, 1996. 35(3&4).
1046. Jakobson, R., Linguistics and Poetics, . 1960.
1047. Jameson, A., How to Appear to be Conforming to the 'Maxims' Even if you Prefer to Violate them, in Natural Language Generation: New Results in Artificial Intelligence, Psychology and Linguistics, G. Kempen, Editor. 1987, Martinus Nijhoff: Boston.
1048. Jameson, L., Are Good Friends All You Need?, in Intimacy: Personal Relationships in Modern Societies. 1998, Polity Press. p. 75-105.
1049. Jamieson, L., Chapter 4: Are Good Friends All You Need?, in Intimacy: Personal Relationships in Modern Societies. 1998, Polity Press. p. 75-105.
1050. Jarmon, L.H., An Ecology of Embodied Interaction: Turn-Taking and Interactional Syntax in Face-to-Face Encounters, . 1996, The University of Texas at Austin.
1051. Jaworski, A. and N. Coupland, The Discourse Reader. 1999, London: Routledge.
1052. Jebara, T. and A. Pentland, Action Reaction Learning: Analysis and Synthesis of Human Behaviour, .
1053. Jebara, T. and A. Pentland, Parameterized Structure from Motion for 3D Adaptive Feedback Tracking of Faces, in Perceptual Computing Technical Report 401. 1996: MIT Media Lab.
1054. Jefferson, G., Side sequences, in Studies in Social Interaction, D. Sudnow, Editor. 1972, The Free Press: New York. p. 295-331.
1055. Jefferson, G., On the organization of laughter in talk about troubles, in Structures of Social Action: Studies in Conversational Analysis, J.M. Atkinson and J. Heritage, Editors. 1977, Cambridge University Press: Cambridge. p. 167-190.
1056. Jefferson, G., Sequential aspects of storytelling in conversation, in Studies in the organization of conversational interaction, J. Schenkein, Editor. 1978, Academic Press: New York. p. 219-248.
1057. Jefferson, G., On the interactional unpackaging of a 'gloss'. Lang. Soc., 1985. 14: p. 435-466.
1058. Jefferson, G., H. Sacks, and E. Schegloff, Notes on laughter in the pursuit of intimacy, in Talk and Social Organisation, G. Button and J. Lee, Editors. 1987, Multilingual Matters: Philadelphia. p. 152-205.
1059. Jefferson, G., ed. Lectures on Conversation - Harvey Sacks. . 1995, Blackwell Publishers.
1060. Jefferson, G., On stepwise transition from talk about a trouble to inappropriately next-positioned matters, in Structures of Social Action: Studies in Conversational Analysis, J.M. Atkinson and J. Heritage, Editors. 1997, Cambridge University Press: Cambridge. p. 191-221.
1061. Jehng, J., The Psycho-Social Processes and Cognitive Effects of Peer-Based Collaborative Interactions with Computers. J. Educational Computing Research, 1997. 17(1): p. 19-46.
1062. Jeong, H., S. Siler, and M. Chi. Can Tutors Diagnose Students' Understanding? in Cognitive Science Society. 1997.
1063. Jerome, A., P.L. Fiero, and A. Behar, Computerized scheduled gradual reduction for smokeless tobacco cessation: development and preliminary evaluation of a self-help program. Computers in Human Behavior, 2000. 16: p. 493-505.
1064. Jiang, J., G. Klein, and R. Vedder, Persuasive expert systems: the influence of confidence and discrepancy. Computers in Human Behavior, 2000. 16: p. 99-109.
1065. Jitnah, N., et al. Towards the Generation of Rebuttals in a Bayesian Argumentation System. in INLG 2000. 2000.
1066. Johnson, S. and L. Wilson, The One Minute Sales Person. 1984, New York: Avon Books.
1067. Johnson, D.W. and R.T. Johnson, Learning Together and Alone. 4 ed. 1994, Boston: Allyn and Bacon.
1068. Johnson, M.B., WAVESworld: A testbed for constructing 3D semi-autonomous animated characters, in Media Arts and Sciences. 1995, MIT: Cambridge.
1069. Johnson, M.P., et al., Sympathetic Interfaces: Using a Plush Toy to Direct Synthetic Characters. Proceedings of CHI'99, 1999: p. 152-158.
1070. Johnson, W.L. and J.W. Rickel, Animated Pedagogical Agents: Face-to-Face Interaction in Interactive Learning Environments, . 1999, North Carolina State University: Raleigh, NC.
1071. Johnson-George, C. and W. Swap, Measurement of Specific Interpersonal Trust: Construction and Validation of a Scale to Assess Trust in a Specific Other. J. Personality and Social Psychology, 1982. 43(6): p. 1306-1317.
1072. Johnston, M. and S. Bangalore. Finite-state Multimodal Parsing and Understanding.
1073. Johnston, M., et al. Unification-based multimodal integration. in The 35th Annual Meeting of the Association for Computational Linguistics. 1997. Madrid, Spain.
1074. Johnston, M., Unification-based Multimodal Parsing. Proceedings of COLING-ACL 98, 1998.
1075. Johnston, M. Multimodal Language Processing. in The 5th International Conference on Spoken Language Processing. 1998. Sydney, Australia.
1076. Johnston, M. Deixis and Conjunction in Multimodal Systems. in COLING 2000. 2000.
1077. Jonas, S., Regular Exercise: A Handbook for Clinical Practice. 1995, New York: Springer.
1078. Jones, J.P. and W.v. Raffler-Engel, Transactions at a Store Counter, in Interaction Rhythms, M. Davis, Editor. 1982, Human Sciences Press: New York.
1079. Jones, D., *Persuasive appeals and responses to appeals among friends and acquaintances. Child Development, 1985. 56: p. 757-763.
1080. Jones, C., Cuck Amuck: The Life and Times of an Animated Cartoonist. 1989, New York: Avon Books.
1081. Jones, I., Peer relationships and writing development: a microgenetic analysis. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 1998. 68: p. 229-241.
1082. Jones, E.E., Major Developments in Five Decades of Social Psychology, in Handbook of Social Psychology, D.T. Gilbert, S. Fiske, and G. Lindzey, Editors. 1998, Oxford University Press: New York. p. 3-57.
1083. Jones, E., et al., Strategies of Accomodation: Development of a Coding System for Conversational Interaction. Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 1999. 18(2): p. 123-152.
1084. Jordan, P. and R. Thomason, Refining the Categories of Miscommunication, .
1085. Jordan, P. and B.D. Eugenio, Control and Initiative in Collaborative Problem Solving Dialogues, .
1086. Joshi, A., The Relevance of Tree Adjoining Grammar to Generation, in Natural Language Generation: New Results in Artificial Intelligence, Psychology and Linguistics, G. Kempen, Editor. 1987, Martinus Nijhoff: Boston.
1087. Jurich, S., The Impact of Video Technology in Education: From Here to Where?, in TechKnowLogia. 1999.
1088. Kaelbling, L.P., M.L. Littman, and A.W. Moore, Reinforcement Learning: A Survey. Journal of Artificial Intelligence Research, 1996. 4: p. 237-285.
1089. Kaelbling, L.P., M.L. Littman, and A.R. Cassandra, Planning and Acting in Partially Observable Stochastic Domains. Elsevier, 1998: p. 237-285.
1090. Kahneman, D., Attention and Effort. Series in Experimental Psychology. 1973, Englewood Clifs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.
1091. Kalekin-Fishman, D., Constructing Mundane Culture: "Plain Talk". Journal of Mundane Behavior, 2000. 1(1).
1092. Kambhatla, N., et al. DMML: An XML Language for Interacting with Multi-modal Dialog Systems. in AAAI-2000. 2000.
1093. Kamm, C., M. Walker, and L. Rabiner, The Role of Speech Processing in Human-Computer Intelligent Communication, .
1094. Kantrowitz, M., GLINDA: Natural Language Text Generation in the Oz Interactive Fiction Project, . 1990, CMU: Pittsburgh, PA.
1095. Kantrowitz, M. and J. Bates, Integrated Natural Language Generation Systems, . 1992, CMU School of Computer Science.
1096. Kaplan, D.L. and C.B. Keys, Sex and Relationship Variables as Predictors of Sexual Attraction in Cross-Sex Platonic Friendships Between Young Heterosexual Adults. Journal of Social and Personal Relationships, 1997. 14(2): p. 191-206.
1097. Kapoor, A., "How do you feel about it?" Affect Recognition based on Discourse and Facial Displays, . 2000, MIT Media Lab: Cambridge, MA.
1098. Kapoor, A. and R.W. Picard. A Real-Time Head Nod and Shake Detector. in Workshop on Perceptive User Interfaces. 2001. Orlando, FL.
1099. Kapoor, A., S. Mota, and R.W. Picard. Towards a Learning Companion that Recognizes Affect. in The American Association of Artificial Intelligence Conference. 2001. Falmouth, MA.
1100. Karabenick, S., Social Influences on Metacognition: Effects of Colearner Questioning on Comprehension Monitoring. Journal of Educational Psychology, 1996. 88(4): p. 689-703.
1101. Karmos, J.S. and A.H. Karmos, *A Closer Look at Classroom Boredom. Action in Teacher Education, 1983. 5(1-2): p. 49-55.
1102. Karr, C.R., D. Reece, and R. Franceschini, Synthetic soilders. IEEE Spectrum, 1997(March 1997): p. 39-44.
1103. Karson, A.S., et al. Patient-Specific Computerized Outpatient Reminders to Improve Physician Compliance with Clinical Guidelines. in AMIA 2000. 2000. Los Angeles, CA.
1104. Kass, A., R. Burke, and W. Fitzgerald, Interfaces for Supporting Learning from Interaction with Simulated Characters, . 1995, ILS.
1105. Kautz, H. and J. Allen. Generalized plan recognition. in Proc. 5th Nat. Conf. AI. 1986.
1106. Kautz, H., A Circumscriptive Theory of Plan Recognition, in Intentions and Communication, P. Cohen, J. Morgan, and M. Pollack, Editors. 1990, MIT Press: Cambridge, MA. p. 105--133.
1107. Kautz, H., A Formal Theory of Plan Recognition and its Implementation, . 1997.
1108. Kay, M., Agorithm Schemata and Data Structures in Syntactic Processing, in Readings in Natural Language Processing, B.J. Grosz, K.S. Jones, and B.L. Webber, Editors. 1986, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: Los Altos, CA. p. 35-70.
1109. Kay, M., Parsing in Functional Unification Grammar, in Readings in Natural Language Processing, B.J. Grosz, K.S. Jones, and B.L. Webber, Editors. 1986, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: Los Altos, CA. p. 125-138.
1110. Kay, A., Computers, Networks and Education, in Scientific American. 1991. p. 138-148.
1111. Kazdin, A.E., The Evaluation of Psychotherapy: Research Design and Methodology, in Handbook of Psychotherapy and Behavior Change, A.E. Bergin and S.L. Garfield, Editors. 1986, John Wiley & Sons: New York City. p. 23-68.
1112. Kearns, J.T., Meaning, structure and speech acts, in Foundations of speech act theory, S.L. Tsohatzidis, Editor. 1994, Routledge: London. p. 50-79.
1113. Kehler, A. and e. al, On Representing Salience and Reference in Multimodal Human-Computer Interaction, .
1114. Kehler, A. Cognitive Status and Form of Reference in Multimodal Human-Computer Interaction. in The Seventeenth National Conference on Artificial Intelligence. 2000. Austin, TX.
1115. Keijsers, G.P.J., C.P.D.R. Schaap, and C.A.L. Hoogduin, The Impact of Interpersonal Patient and Therpist Behavior on Outcome in Cognitive-Behavior Therapy. Behavior Modification, 2000. 24(2): p. 264-297.
1116. Kelley, H. and J. Thibaut, *Interpsonal relations: A theory of interdependence. 1978, New York: Wiley.
1117. Kelley, H., et al., *Close relationships. 1983, New York: Freeman.
1118. Kelly, S., et al., Offering a Hand to Pragmatci Understanding: The Role of Speech and Gesture in Comprehension and Memory. Journal of Memory and Language, 1999. 40: p. 577-592.
1119. Kelso, M.T., P. Weyhrauch, and J. Bates, Dramatic Presence. Journal of Teleoperators and Virtual Environments, 1992.
1120. Kempen, G., Natural Language Generation: New Results in Artificial Intelligence, Psychology and Linguistics. 1987, Boston: Martinus Nijhoff.
1121. Kemper, T.D., The Fundamental Dimensions of Social Relationship: A Theoretical Statement. Acta Sociologica, 1973. 16: p. 41-58.
1122. Kendon, A., Some Relationships Between Body Motion and Speech, in Studies in Dyadic Communication, A. Siegman and B. Pope, Editors. 1972, Pergamon Press: Elmsford, N.Y.
1123. Kendon, A., Conducting interaction: Patterns of behavior in focused encounters. Studies in Interactional Sociolinguistics. Vol. 7. 1980, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
1124. Kendon, A., Gesture and Speech: How they Interact, in Nonverbal Interaction, Wiemann and Harrison, Editors. 1983. p. 13-45.
1125. Kendon, A., Gaze and Eye Contact: A Research Review. Psychological Bulletin, 1986. 100(1): p. 78-100.
1126. Kendon, A., On Gesture: Its Complementary Relationship With Speech, in Nonverbal Behavior and Communication, A.W. Siegman and S. Feldstein, Editors. 1987, Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc.: Hillsdale. p. 65-97.
1127. Kendon, A., The negotiation of context in face-to-face interaction, in Rethinking context: language as interactive phenomenon, A. Duranti and C. Goodwin, Editors. 1990, Cambridge University Press: New York. p. 323-334.
1128. Kendon, A., Conducting Interaction: Patterns of behavior in focused encounters. 1990, New York: Cambridge University Press.
1129. Kendon, A., A Description of Some Human Greetings, in Conducting interaction: Patterns of behavior in focused encounters. 1990, Cambridge University Press: Cambridge. p. 153-207.
1130. Kendon, A., Some Recent Work from Italy on Quotable Gestures (Emblems). Journal of Linguistic Anthropology, 1992. 2(1): p. 92-108.
1131. Kendon, A., Do Gestures Communicate?: A Review. Research on Language and Social Interaction, 1994. 27(3): p. 175-200.
1132. Kendon, A., Introduction to the Special Issue: Gesture and Understanding in Interaction. Research on Language and Social Interaction, 1994. 27(3): p. 171-173.
1133. Kendon, A., Gestures as illocutionary and discourse structure markers in Southern Italian Conversation. Journal of Pragmatics, 1995. 23: p. 247-279.
1134. Kendon, A., Cues of Context. Semiotica, 1996. 109(3-4): p. 349.
1135. Kendzierski, D., Schema Theory: An Information Processing Focus, in Advances in Exercise Adherence, R. Dishman, Editor. 1994, Human Kinetics: Champaign, IL. p. 137-159.
1136. Kenny, D., The Design and Analysis of Social-Interaction Research. Annual Review of Psychology, 1996. 47: p. 59-86.
1137. Kerpedjiev, S., et al., Saying It in Graphics: from Intentions to Visualizations, .
1138. Khullar, S.C. and N.I. Badler, Where to Look? Automating Attending Behaviors of Virtual Human Characters. Autonomous Agents and Multi-Agent Systems, 2001. 4: p. 9-23.
1139. Kiesler, C., *The psychology of commitment. 1971, New York: Academic Press.
1140. Kiesler, D., Interpersonal Theory for Personality and Psychotherapy, in Handbook of Interpersonal Psychotherapy, J. Anchin and D. Kiesler, Editors. 1982, Pergamon Press: New York. p. 3-24.
1141. Kiesler, S. and L. Sproull, 'Social' Human-Computer Interaction, in Human Values and the Design of Computer Technology, B. Friedman, Editor. 1997, CSLI Publications: Stanford, CA. p. 191-199.
1142. Kilger, A. and W. Finkler, Incremental Generation for Real-Time Applications, .
1143. Kim, J. and J.Y. Moon. Emotional Usability of Customer Interfaces: Focusing on CyberBanking Systems Interfaces. in CHI 97. 1997.
1144. Kimura, D., Neuromotor Mechanisms in Human Communication. Oxford Psychology Series, ed. D.E. Broadbent, et al. Vol. 20. 1993, New York: Oxford University Press.
1145. Kimura, T.D., A Pen-Based Prosodic User Interface for Schoolchildren. IEEE Multimedia, 1996. Winter 1996: p. 48-55.
1146. Kindermann, T., Natural peer groups as contexts for individual development: The case of children's motivation in school. Development Psychology, 1993. 29: p. 970-977.
1147. King, G.A. and R.M. Sorrentino, Psychological Dimensions of Goal-Oriented Interpersonal Situations. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1983. 44(1): p. 140-162.
1148. King, A., et al., Strategies for Increasing Early Adherence to and Long-Term Maintenance of Home-Based Exercise Training in Healthy Middle-Aged Men and Women. American Journal of Cardiology, 1988. 61: p. 628-632.
1149. King, A., *Verbal Interaction and Problem-Solving within Computer-Assisted Cooperative Learning Groups. Journal of Educational Computing Research, 1989. 5(1): p. 1-15.
1150. King, A., et al., Determinants of physical activity and interventions in adults. Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise, 1992. 24(6 Supplement): p. S221-S236.
1151. King, A., Clinical and Community Interventions to Promote and Support Physical Activity Participation, in Advances in Exercise Adherence, R. Dishman, Editor. 1994, Human Kinetics: Champaign, IL. p. 183-212.
1152. King, W.J. and J. Ohya. The Representation of Agents: Anthropomorphism, Agency and Intelligence. in CHI 96. 1996. Vancouver, BC.
1153. King, A., A. Staffieri, and A. Adelgais, Mutual Peer Tutoring: Effects of Structuring Tutorial Interaction to Scaffold Peer Learning. Journal of Educational Psychology, 1998. 90(1): p. 134-52.
1154. Kingwell, M., The Future of Intimacy, in Maclean's.
1155. Kinneavy, J.L., A Theory of Discourse. 1971, New York: W. W. Norton.
1156. Klein, J., Y. Moon, and R. Picard, This Computer Responds to User Frustration: Theory, Design, Results and Implications, : Interacting with Computers.
1157. Klein, J. and R. Picard. Support for Human Emotional Needs in Human-Computer Interaction. in CHI 97. 1997.
1158. Klein, J.T., Computer Response to User Frustration, . 1999, MIT.
1159. Kleinke, C.L., Gaze and Eye Contact: A Research Review. Psychological Bulletin, 1986. 100(1): p. 78-100.
1160. Kline, C. and B. Blumberg, The Art and Science of Synthetic Character Design. Convention of the Society for the Study of AI and the Simulation of Behavior (AISB), Symposium on AI and Creativity in Entertainment and Visual Art, 1999.
1161. Knapp, M.L., Dyadic Relationship Development, in Nonverbal Interaction, W. Harrison, Editor. 1983. p. 179-207.
1162. Kobsa, A., D. Muller, and A. Nill, KN-AHS: An Adaptive Hypertext Client of the User Modeling System BGP-MS, in Readings in Intelligent User Interfaces, M.T. Maybury and W. Wahlster, Editors. 1998, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: San Francisco, CA. p. 372-380.
1163. Koda, T. and P. Maes. Agents with Faces: The Effect of Personification. in Proceedings of the Fifth IEEE International Workshop on Robot and Human Communication (RO-MAN '96). 1996.
1164. Koiso, H., A. Shimojima, and Y. Katagiri. Informational Potentials of Dynamic Speech Rate in Dialogue. in The Nineteenth Annual Conference of the Cognitive Science Society. 1997.
1165. Kolb, B. and I.Q. Whishaw, Fundamentals of Human Neuropsychology. 4 ed, ed. R.C. Atkinson, G. Lindzey, and R.F. Thompson. 1996, New York: W. H. Freeman.
1166. Kollock, P., Design Principles for Online Communities. PC Update, 1996. 15(5): p. 58-60.
1167. Kolodner, J.L., Memory for Experience. The Psychology of Learning and Motivation, 1985. 19.
1168. Kolodner, J.L. and M.Y. Jona, Case-Based Reasoning: An Overview, . 1999???
1169. Kominek, J., G. Aist, and J. Mostow. When Listening Is Not Enough: Potential Uses of Vision for a Reading Tutor that Listens. in AAAI Symposium on Intelligent Environments. 1998. Stanford, CA.
1170. Koons, D.B., C.J. Sparrell, and K.R. Thorisson, Integrating Simultaneous Input from Speech, Gaze, and Hand Gestures, in Readings in Intelligent User Interfaces, M.T. Maybury and W. Wahlster, Editors. 1998, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: San Francisco, CA. p. 53-64.
1171. Kopp, T., *Designing Boredom Out of Instruction. Performance and Instruction, 1982. 21(4): p. 23-27.
1172. Kort, B., R. Reilly, and R.W. Picard. An Affective Model of Interplay Between Emotions and Learning: Reengineering Educational Pedagogy - Building a Learning Companion. in IEEE International Conference on Advanced Learning Technologies. 2001. Madison, WI: IEEE Press.
1173. Kort, B., R. Reilly, and R.W. Picard. External Representation of Learning Process and Domain Knowledge: Affective State as a Determinate of its Structure and Function. in IEEE Artificial Intelligence in Education. 2001. San Antonio, TX.
1174. Kosko, B., Neural Networks and Fuzzy Systems: A Dynamical Systems Approch to Machine Intelligence. 1992, Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.
1175. Kosslyn, S.M., Mental Imagery, in An Invitation to Cognitive Science Vol. 2: Visual Cognition.
1176. Kostka, M.J., *An Investigation of Reinforcements, Time Use, and Student Attentiveness in Piano Lessons. Journal of Research in Music Education, 1984. 32(2): p. 113-22.
1177. Kovac, S.H. and L.M. Range, Writing Projects: Lessening Undergraduates Unique Suicidal Bereavement. Suicide and Life-Threatening Behavior, 2000. 30(1): p. 50-60.
1178. Krajcik, J.S., et al., Scaffolded Technology Tools to Promote Teaching and Learning in Science, in 1998 ASCD Yearbook: Learning and Technology. 1998.
1179. Kramer, P., Moments of Engagement: Intimate Psychotherpay in a Technological Age. 1989, New York: Norton & Company.
1180. Kramer, P., Is Empathy Necessary?, in Moments of Engagement: Intimate Psychotherapy in a Technological Age. 1989, Norton & Co.: New York. p. 129-153.
1181. Kramer, A., Classifying Two Dimensional Gestures in Interative Systems, in Gesture and Sign Language in Human-Computer Interaction, I. Wachsmuth and M. Frohlich, Editors. 1998, Springer-Verlag: Berlin. p. 37-48.
1182. Krauss, R. and S. Fussell, Other-relatedness in language processing: Discussion and comments. Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 1988. 7(3-4): p. 263-279.
1183. Krauss, R.M., P. Morrel-Samuels, and C. Colasante, Do Conversational Hand Gestures Communicate? Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1991. 61(5): p. 743-754.
1184. Krauss, R.M. and S.R. Fussell, Constructing Shared Communicative Environments, in Perspectives on Socially Shared Cognition, L.B. Resnick, J.M. Levine, and S.D. Teasley, Editors. 1991, American Psychological Association: Washington. p. 172-200.
1185. Krauss, R. and C.-Y. Chiu, Language and Social Behavior, in The Handbook of Social Psychology, D. Gilbert, S. Fiske, and G. Lindzey, Editors. 1998, McGraw-Hill: New York.
1186. Kraut, R., et al., Internet Paradox: A social technology that reduces social involvement and psychological well-being? American Psychologist, 1998. 53(9): p. 1017-1031.
1187. Kruger, A., Peer collaboration: Conflict, cooperation or both? Social Development, 1993. 2: p. 165-182.
1188. Kubose, S.K., *Motivational Effects of Boredom on Children's Response Speeds. Developmental Psychology, 1972. 6(2): p. 302-5.
1189. Kumpulainen, K., *Children's Talk during Collaborative Writing at the Computer. Reading, 1994. 28(2): p. 6-9.
1190. Kumpulainen, K., *The Nature of Peer Interaction in the Social Context Created by the Use of Word Processors. Learning and Instruction, 1996. 6(3): p. 243-61.
1191. Kunda, Z., Social Cognition: Making Sense of People. 1999, Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.
1192. Kuniyoshi, Y. Fusing Autonomy and Sociability in Robots. in Autonomous Agents 97. 1997. Maraina Del Rey, CA: ACM.
1193. Kuno, S. and E. Kaburaki, Empathy and Syntax. Linguistic Inquiry, 1977. 8(4): p. 627-672.
1194. Kuno, S. and A. Oettinger, Multiple-Path Syntactic Analyzer, in Readings in Natural Language Processing, B.J. Grosz, K.S. Jones, and B.L. Webber, Editors. 1986, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: Los Altos, CA. p. 17-24.
1195. Kurlander, D. and D.T. Ling. Planning-Based Control of Interface Animation. in CHI 95. 1995. Denver.
1196. Kurlander, D. and D.T. Ling. Planning-Based Control of Interface Agents. in CHI 95. 1995. Denver.
1197. Kurlander, D., T. Skelly, and D. Salesin, Comic Chat. Proceedings of SIGGRAPH'96, 1996: p. 225-236.
1198. Kuschner, D. *"This Computer Gives You a Hard Bargain": Is It Conflict or Frustration When Software Won't Let You Change Your
Mind? in Annual Convention of the American Educational Research Association. 1986. San Francisco, CA.
1199. Kyratzis, A. and S. Ervin-Tripp, *The Development of Discourse Markers in Peer Interaction. Journal of Pragmatics, 1999. 31(10): p. 1321-1338.
1200. Lab, N.M.R., Improv VRML API Specification, . 1997.
1201. Lab, M., Intellectual Property Rights of Medial Laboratory Sponsors, . 1999.
1202. Labov, W. and J. Waletzky, Narrative Analysis: Oral Versions of Personal Experience, in Essays on the Verbal and Visual Arts, J. Helms, Editor. 1967, University of Washington Press: Seattle. p. 12-44.
1203. Labov, W. and D. Fanshel, Therapeutic Discourse: Psychotherapy as Conversation. 1977, New York: Academic Press.
1204. Lachapelle, C. Looking at Changes in Student Understanding Using a Situation Model Analysis of Discourse. in CogSci '97. 1997.
1205. Ladd, G. and E. Emerson, *Shared knowledge in children's friendships. Developmental Psychology, 1984. 20: p. 932-940.
1206. Ladd, G., B. Kochenderfer, and C. Coleman, Friendship Quality as a Predictor of Young Children's Early School Adjustment. Child Development, 1996. 67: p. 1103-1118.
1207. Ladd, G. and B. Kochenderfer, Linkages between friendships and adjustment during early school transitions, , e.a. Bukowski, Editor. 1996.
1208. LaFrance, M. and C. Mayo, Growing Up Moving, in Moving Bodies: Nonverbal Communication in Social Relationships. 1978, Brooks/Cole Publishing: Monterey, CA. p. 137-153.
1209. LaFrance, M. and C. Mayo, Influential Moves, in Moving Bodies: Nonverbal Communication in Social Relationships. 1978, Brooks/Cole Publishing: Monterey, CA. p. 107-117.
1210. LaFrance, M. and C. Mayo, Moving Toward and With: Positive Relationships, in Moving Bodies: Nonverbal Communication in Social Relationships. 1978, Brooks/Cole Publishing: Monterey, CA. p. 63-77.
1211. LaFrance, M., Posture Mirroring and Rapport, in Interaction Rhythms: Periodicity in Communicative Behavior, M. Davis, Editor. 1982, Human Sciences Press, Inc.: New York. p. 279-298.
1212. Laird, J. and M.v. Lent. Human-level AI's Killer Application: Interactive Computer Games. in AAAI? 2000.
1213. Lakoff, G. and M. Johnson, Metaphors We Live By. 1980, Chicago, IL: University of Chicago Press.
1214. Lakoff, R., The Rationale of Psychotherapeutic Discourse, in Handbook of Interpersonal Psychotherapy, J. Anchin and D. Kiesler, Editors. 1982, Pergamon Press: New York. p. 132-148.
1215. Lambert, L. and S. Carberry. A tripartite plan-based model of dialogue. in Proc. 29th Annual Meeting of the ACL. 1991. Berkeley, CA.
1216. Langevin, L. and M. Saint-Pierre, *The Flow of Conversation. Observations on the Development of Coherence in the Conversations of Children Aged Five to Eleven. Revue quebecoise de linguistique theorique et appliquee, 1990. 9(3): p. 105-136.
1217. Lanier, J., Agents of Alienation, .
1218. Larcom, R., *The Regressive Effects of Frustration Upon the Concrete Reasoning Ability of Seven- and Eight-year-old Boys. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 1975. 127(2): p. 257-268.
1219. Larsson, L. Communication failure in home-help service. in CHI 2001. 2001.
1220. Lau, H.T., Algorithms on Graphs. 1989, Blue Ridge Summit, PA: TAB Books.
1221. Laurel, B., The Art of Human-Computer Interface Design. 1990: Apple Computer.
1222. Laurel, B., Interface Agents: Metaphors with Character, in Human Values and the Design of Computer Technology, B. Friedman, Editor. 1997, CSLI Publications: Stanford, CA. p. 207-219.
1223. Laurenceau, J.-P., L.F. Barrett, and P.R. Pietromonaco, Intimacy as an Interpersonal Process: The Importance of Self-Disclosure, Partner Disclosure, and Perceived Partner Responsiveness in Interpersonal Exchanges. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1998. 74(5): p. 1238-1251.
1224. Laver, J., Communicative functions of phatic communion., in The organization of behavior in face-to-face interaction, A. Kendon, R. Harris, and M. Key, Editors. 1975, Mouton: The Hague. p. 215-238.
1225. Laver, J., Linguistic routines and politeness in greeting and parting., in Conversational routine, F. Coulmas, Editor. 1981, Mouton: The Hague. p. 289-304.
1226. Leal, D.J., *The Power of Literary Peer-Group Discussions: How Children Collaboratively Negotiate Meaning. The Reading Teacher, 1993. 47(2): p. 114-120.
1227. Leaper, C. and H. Holliday, Gossip in same-gender and cross-gender friends' conversations. Personal Relationships, 1995. 2: p. 237-246.
1228. Lee, K.-F., Large-Vocabulary Speaker-Independent Continuous Speech Recognition: The SPHINX System, in Computer Science. 1988, Carnegie Mellon University.
1229. Lee, Y., D. Terzopoulos, and K. Waters. Realistic Modeling for Facial Animation. in Siggraph 95. 1995.
1230. Lee, A., A. Girgensohn, and K. Schlueter, NYNEX Portholes: Initial user reactions and redisign implications. Proceedings of SIGGROUP'97, 1997: p. 385-349.
1231. Lee, S.P., N. Badler, and J. Badler. Eyes Alive. in SIGGRAPH 2002. 2002. San Antonio, TX.
1232. Lefebvre-Pinard, M., et al., *Social Cognition and Dyadic Communication among Preschool Children. International Journal of Psycholinguistics,, 1980. 7(1-2(17-18)): p. 59-67.
1233. Lehn, K.V., *Mind bugs: the origins of procedural misconceptions. 1990, Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
1234. Lehnert, W., A Conceptual Theory of Question Answering, in Readings in Natural Language Processing, B.J. Grosz, K.S. Jones, and B.L. Webber, Editors. 1986, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: Los Altos, CA. p. 651-658.
1235. Lehnert, W.G., Information Extraction: What Have We Learned? Discourse Processes, 1997. 23: p. 441-470.
1236. Lemerise, E. and W. Arsenio, An Integrated Model of Emotion Processes and Cognition in Social Information Processing. Child Development, 2000. 71(1): p. 107-118.
1237. Lenat, D.B. and R.V. Guha, Building Large Knowledge-Based Systems: Representation and Inference in the Cyc Project. 1990, Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley Publishing.
1238. Lenat, D., The Dimensions of Context-Space, . 1998.
1239. Lennox, A.S., et al., Cost effectiveness of computer tailored and non-tailored smoking cessation letters in general practice: randomised controlled trial. British Medical Journal, 2001. 322: p. 1-7.
1240. LePoire, B.A., C. Shepard, and A. Duggan, Nonverbal Involvement, Expressiveness, and Pleasantness as Predicted by Parental and Partner Attachment Style. Communication Monographs, 1999. 66: p. 293-311.
1241. Lepore, S., Social Support, in Encyclopedia of Human Behavior. 1994, Academic Press. p. 247-251.
1242. Lepore, S. and L. Hartman, How the Social Environment is Implicated in Chronic Stress Processes, . 1994: submitted (from Liz).
1243. Leroi-Gourhan, A., Gesture and Speech. 1993, Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.
1244. Lesh, N. and O. Etzioni. A sound and fast goal recognizer. in Proc. 14th International Joint Conference on AI. 1995. Montreal, Canada.
1245. Lesh, N., C. Rich, and C. Sidner. Using Plan Recognition in Human-Computer Collaboration. in Proceedings of the Conference on User Modelling. 1999. Banff, Canada: Springer Wien New York.
1246. Lester, N., L. Smart, and A. Baum, Measuring Coping Flexibility. Psychology and Health, 1994. 9: p. 409-424.
1247. Lester, J.C., et al. Cosmo: A Life-like Animated Pedagogical Agent with Deictic Believability. in IJCAI 97. 1997.
1248. Lester, J.C., et al. The Persona Effect: Affective Impact of Animated Pedagogical Agents. in CHi 97. 1997.
1249. Lester, J.C. and B.A. Stone. Increasing Believability in Animated Pedagogical Agents. in Autonomous Agents 97. 1997. Marina Del Rey, CA.
1250. Lester, J. and B. Porter, Developing and Empirically Evaluating Robust Explanation Generators: The KNIGHT Experiments. Computational Linguistics, 1997. 23(1): p. 65-101.
1251. Lester, J., B. Stone, and G. Stelling, Lifelike Pedagogical agents for Mixed-Initiative Problem Solving in Constuctivist Learning Environments. User Modeling and User-Adapted Interaction, 1999. 9(1-2): p. 1-44.
1252. Lester, J., et al., Deictic and Emotive Communication in Animated Pedagogical Agents, in Embodied Conversational Agents, J. Cassell, Editor. 2000, MIT Press: Cambridge, MA.
1253. Lester, J., et al., Deictic and Emotive Communication in Animated Pedagogical Agents, in Embodied Conversational Agents, J. Cassell, J. Sullivan, and e. al, Editors. 2000, MIT Press: Cambridge.
1254. Levin, J. and J. Moore, Dialogue-Games: Metacommunication Structures for Natural Language Interaction. : p. 395-420.
1255. Levin, E., R. Pieracini, and W. Eckert, Using Markov Decision Process for Learning Dialogue Strategies, .
1256. Levinger, G. and J. Snoek, *Attraction in relationship: A new look at interpersonal attraction. 1972, Morristown, NJ: General Learning Press.
1257. Levinger, G. and H. Raush, *Close relationships: Perspectives on the measuring of intimacy. 1977, Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press.
1258. Levinger, G., Figure Versus Ground: Micro- and Macroperspectives on the Social Psychology of Personal Relationships, in Theoretical Frameworks for Personal Relationships, R. Erber and R. Gilmour, Editors. 1994, Lawrence Erlbaum: Hillsdale, NJ. p. 1-28.
1259. Levinson, S., Activity types and language. Linguistics, 1979. 17: p. 365-399.
1260. Levinson, S.C., Pragmatics. Lectures in Linguistics. 1983, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
1261. Levinson, S.C., Putting Linguistics on a Proper Footing: Explorations in Goffman's Concepts of Participation, in Erving Goffman, Exploring the Interaction Order, P. Drew and A. Wootton, Editors. 1988, Northeastern University Press: Boston, MA. p. 161-227.
1262. Lewis, H.R. and C.H. Papadimitriou, Elements of the Theory of Computation. 1981, Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.
1263. Lewis, J.P. and F.I. Parke. Automated Lip-Synch and Speech Synthesis for Character Animation. in CHI + GI 87. 1987: ACM Press.
1264. Lewis, M. and C. Feiring, Early Predictors of Childhood Friendship, in Peer Relationships in Child Development, T. Berndt and G. Ladd, Editors. 1989, Wiley: New York. p. 246-273.
1265. Leyhausen, P., On the Function of Relative Hierarchy of Moods, in Motivation of Human and Animal Behavior: An Ethnological View. 1973, Van Nostrand Reinhold Company: New York. p. 144-145, 240-247.
1266. Libb, J.W., *Frustration and Task Complexity: An Extension of Frustration Theory. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 1972. 96(1): p. 67-72.
1267. Lichtenstein, P. and N. Pedersen, Social Relationships, Stressful Life Events, and Self-Reported Physical Health: Genetic and Environmental Influences. Psychology and Health, 1995. 10: p. 295-319.
1268. Lieberman, H., Attaching Interface Agent Software to Applications, .
1269. Lieberman, H. and D. Maulsby, Instructible agents: Software that just keeps getting better. IBM Systems Journal, 1996. 35(3/4): p. 539-556.
1270. Light, P. and A. Blaye, Computer-based Learning: the Social Dimensions, in Children Helping Children, H.C. Foot, M.J. Morgan, and R.H. Shute, Editors. 1990, John WIley & Sons. p. 135-147.
1271. Lim, T., Facework and Interpersonal Relationships, . p. 209-229.
1272. Lin, D. and R. Goebel. A message passing algorithm for plan recognition. in Proc. 12th International Joint Conference on AI. 1991. Sydney, Australia.
1273. Lin, L., Extending Sam: Utilizing Multiple Toys to Enhance Interactive Storytelling, in Department of Electrical Engineering and Computer Science. 2001, MIT: Cambridge. p. 51.
1274. Linell, P., Approaching Dialogue: Talk, interaction and contexts in dialogical perspectives. 1998, Philadelphia: John Benjamins.
1275. Lippert, T. and K. Prager, Daily experiences of intimacy: A study of couples. Personal Relationships, 2001. 8: p. 283-298.
1276. Lisi, R.D. and S.L. Golbeck, Implications of Piagetian Theory for Peer Learning, in Cognitive Perspectives on Peer Learning, A. O'Donnell and A. King, Editors. 1999, Lawrence Erlbaum: Mahwhah, NJ.
1277. Litman, D., Understanding Plan Ellipsis, .
1278. Litman, D. and J. Allen, A Plan Recognition Module for Subdialogues in Conversation. Cognitive Science, 1987. 11: p. 163-200.
1279. Litman, D.J. and S. Pan. Predicting and Adapting to Poor Speech Recognition in a Spoken Dialogue System. in The Seventeenth National Conference on Artificial Intelligence. 2000. Austin, TX.
1280. Littleton, K. and P. Hakkinen, Learning together: Understanding the processes of computer-based collaborative learning, in Collaborative Learning: Cognitive and Computational Approaches, P. Dillenbourg, Editor. 1999, Elsevier: Amsterdam. p. 20-30.
1281. Liu, Z., et al., Rapid Modeling of Animated Faces From Video, . 2000, Microsoft Research: Redmond, WA.
1282. Lizard, Kill Bunnies, Sell Meat, Kill More Bunnies, in WIRED Magazine. 1998. p. 144-145,191-196.
1283. Lochbaum, K., A Model of Plans to Support Inter-agent Communication, .
1284. Lochbaum, K., A Collaborative Planning Approach to Discourse Understanding, .
1285. Lochbaum, K. The Use of Knowledge Preconditions in Language Processing. in IJCAI 95. 1995.
1286. Lochbaum, K., A Collaborative Planning Model of Intentional Structure. Computational Linguistics, 1998. 24(4): p. 525-572.
1287. Lochbaum., K.E. An algorithm for plan recognition in collaborative discourse. in Proc. 29th Annual Meeting of the ACL. 1991. Berkeley, CA.
1288. Lok, C. and G. Bishop, Emotion Control, Stress, and Health. Psychology and Health, 1999. 14: p. 813-827.
1289. Lombard, M. and T. Ditton, At the Heart of It All: The Concept of Presence, . 1997, Journal of Computer Mediated Communication.
1290. Lombard, M. and T. Ditton, At the Heart of It All: The Concept of Presence. Journal of Computer Mediated Communication, 1997. 3(2).
1291. Loyall, A.B. and J. Bates, Hap: A reactive, adaptive architecture for agents, . 1991, CMU: Pittsburgh, PA.
1292. Loyall, B.A. and J. Bates. Real-time Control of Animated Broad Agents. in Fifteenth Annual Conference of the Cognitive Science Society. 1993. Boulder, CO.
1293. Loyall, B.A. and J. Bates. Personality-Rich Believable Agents That Use Language. in AAAI 96. 1996.
1294. Lu, S., S. Yoshizaka, and H. Miyai, A Human-Like Computer Character Using Interface by Creating Communicational Gestures, .
1295. Luborsky, L., Another Reply to Eysenck. Psychological Bulletin, 1972. 78(5): p. 406-408.
1296. Luborsky, L., et al., *Therapist success and its determinants. Archives of General Psychiatry, 1985. 42: p. 602-611.
1297. Luff, P., N. Gilbert, and D. Frohlich, Computers and Conversation. 1990, New York: Academic Press.
1298. LuperFoy, S. Spoken Dialogue Interfaces. in CHI 97. 1997.
1299. Lyons, D. and A. Hendriks. A Practical Approach to Integrating Reaction and Deliberation. in AI Planning Systems. 1992.
1300. Lyons, J., Linguistic Semantics: An introduction. 1995, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
1301. Lyons, R., et al., Coping as a communal process. Journal of Social and Personal Relationships, 1998. 15(5): p. 579-605.
1302. Lyons, A. and J. Spicer, A New Measure of Conversational Experience: The Speaking Extent and Comfort Scale (SPEACS). Assessment, 1999. 6(2): p. 189-202.
1303. Lyons, A.C., et al., Does Cardiovascular Reactivity During Speech Reflect Self-Construction Processes? Psychology and Health, 2000. 14: p. 1123-1140.
1304. Ma, M., Avatars, Agents and Bots, Oh My!, . 1996.
1305. Ma, M., An Overview of Universal Avatars, . 1996.
1306. Machover, T., Technology and the future of music (interview), . 1999.
1307. MacIntyre, B. and S. Feiner, Future Multimedia User Interfaces. Multimedia Systems, 1996. 4: p. 250-268.
1308. Mackinlay, J.D., Automating the Design of Graphical Presentations of Relational Information, in Readings in Intelligent User Interfaces, M.T. Maybury and W. Wahlster, Editors. 1998, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: San Francisco, CA. p. 177-193.
1309. Macnab, A.J., et al., Journal writing as a support strategy for parents of premature infants: a pilot study. Patient Education and Counseling, 1998. 33: p. 149-159.
1310. Macy, M. and J. Skvoretz, The Evolution of Trust and Cooperation between Strangers: A Computational Model. American Sociological Review, 1998. 63: p. 638-660.
1311. Madani, O., S. Hanks, and A. Condon. On the Undecidability of Probabilistic Planning and Infinite-Horizon Partially Observable Markov Decision Problems. in AAAI 99. 1999.
1312. Madden, J., The Psychobiology of Mental Control: Focus on the Immune System, Pain and Emotions, . 1994, Institute for CorTexT Research and Development: Stanford, CA.
1313. Madrid, D., et al., *Active vs Passive Peer Tutoring: Teaching Spelling to At-Risk Students. Journal of Research and Development in Education, 1998. 31(4): p. 236-244.
1314. Maes, P., Modeling Adaptive Autonomous Agents, .
1315. Maes, P., Artificial Life meets Entertainment: Lifelike Autonomous Agents, .
1316. Maes, P., Intelligent Software, .
1317. Maes, P., Agents that Reduce Work and Information Overload, .
1318. Maes, P., How to do the right thing. Connection Science Journal, 1989. 1(3).
1319. Maes, P., et al., The ALIVE System: Wireless, full-body interaction with autonomous agents, . 1995, MIT Media Lab: Cambridge, MA.
1320. Maes, P., B. Schneiderman, and J. Miller. Intelligent Software Agents vs. User-Controlled Direct Manipulation: A Debate. in CHI 97. 1997.
1321. Maes, P. and K. Sycara. Tutorial T1 - Software Agents. in First International Conference on Autonomous Agents. 1997. Marina del Rey, CA.
1322. Maes, P., Agents That Reduce Work and Information Overload, in Readings in Intelligent User Interfaces, M.T. Maybury and W. Wahlster, Editors. 1998, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: San Francisco, CA. p. 525-536.
1323. Maestri, G., Digital Character Animation. 1996, Indanapolis, Indiana: New Riders.
1324. Maguire, -.M.-C. and -.J. Dunn, *Friendships in early childhood, and social understanding. International-Journal-of-Behavioral-Development, 1997. 21(4): p. 669-686.
1325. Malatesta-Magai, C., et al., *Profiles of Emotional Development: Individual Differences in Facial and Vocal Expression of Emotion during the Second and Third Years of Life. International Journal of Behavioral Development, 1994. 17(2): p. 239-269.
1326. Malinowski, B., The problem of meaning in primitive languages, in The Meaning of Meaning, C.K. Ogden and I.A. Richards, Editors. 1923, Routledge & Kegan Paul.
1327. Malle, B.F. People's Folk Theory of Behavior. in The 19th Annual Conference of the Cognitive Science Society. 1997: Lawrence Erlbaum.
1328. Mallinckrodt, B. and M.L. Nelson, Counselor Training Level and the Formation of the Psychotherapeutic Working Alliance. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 1991. 38(2): p. 133-138.
1329. Mangold, R. and R. Pobel, Informativeness and Instrumentality in Referential Communication. Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 1988. 7(3-4): p. 181-191.
1330. Mann, W.C. and S.A. Thompson, Rhetorical Structure Theory: Description and Construction of Text Structures, in Natural Language Generation: New Results in Artificial Intelligence, Psychology and Linguistics, G. Kempen, Editor. 1987, Kluwer Academic Publishers: Dordrecht. p. 85-95.
1331. Mann, W. and S. Thompson, Rhetorical Structure Theory: Description and Construction of Text Structures, in Natural Language Generation: New Results in Artificial Intelligence, Psychology and Linguistics, G. Kempen, Editor. 1987, Martinus Nijhoff: Boston.
1332. Mano, H., Affect and Persuasion: The Influence of Pleasantness and Arousal on Attitude Formation and Message Elaboration. Psychology & Marketing, 1997. 14(4): p. 315-335.
1333. Manske, K. and M. Muhlhauser. An Open Architecture for Comic Actor Animation. in ACM Multimedia 97. 1997. Seattle, Washington.
1334. Marcu, D. From local to global coherence: A bottom-up approach to text planning. in AAAI. 1997.
1335. Marcus, M., A Computational Account of Some Constraints on Language, in Readings in Natural Language Processing, B.J. Grosz, K.S. Jones, and B.L. Webber, Editors. 1986, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: Los Altos, CA. p. 89-100.
1336. Marcus, B. and N. Owen, Motivational Readiness, Self-Efficacy and Decision-Making for Exercise. J. of Applied Social Psychology, 1992. 22(1): p. 3-16.
1337. Marcus, B., et al., Using the Stages of Change Model to Increase the Adoption of Physical Activity Among Community Participants. American Journal of Health Promotion, 1992. 6(6): p. 424-429.
1338. Marcus, B.H., et al., *Self-efficacy and the stages of exercise behavior change. Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport, 1992. 63: p. 60-66.
1339. Marcus, B., et al., Self-Efficacy, Decision-Making and Stages of Change: An Integrative Model of Physical Exercise. J. of Applied Social Psychology, 1994. 24(6): p. 489-508.
1340. Marcus, B., Exercise Behavior and Strategies for Intervention. Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport, 1995. 66(4): p. 319-323.
1341. Marcus, A. Metaphor Design in User Interfaces: How to manage expectation, surprise, comprehension, and delight effectively. in CHI 97. 1997.
1342. Marcus, B.H., et al., Physical Activity Interventions Using Mass Media, Print Media, and Information Technology. American Journal of Preventive Medicine, 1998. 15(4): p. 362-378.
1343. Margolin, E., Bibliography on the Processes of Socialization of Young Children, Birth to About Eight Years Old. Journal of Educational Sociology, 1963. 36(5): p. 219-228.
1344. Mark, G. and B. Becker, Designing believable interaction by applying social conventions. Applied Artificial Intelligence, 1999. 13: p. 297-320.
1345. Marlo, H. and M. Wanger, Expression of Negative and Positive Events Through Writing: Implications for Psychotherapy and Health. Psychology and Health, 1999. 14: p. 193-215.
1346. Marlowe, F. and A. Wetsman, Preferred waist-to-hip ratio and ecology. Personality and Individual Differences, 2001. 30: p. 481-489.
1347. Marsella, S., Sympathy for the Agent: Controlling an agent's nonverbal repertoire: An extended abstract, . p. 60-64.
1348. Marsh, J., *The Boredom of Study: A Study of Boredom. Management Education and Development, 1983. 14(2): p. 120-35.
1349. Marsh, E., K. Wauchope, and J. John O. Gurney. Human-Machine Dialogue for Multi-Modal Decision Support Systems. in AAAI Spring Symposium Series on Intelligent Multi-Media Multi-Modal Systems. 1994. Palo Alto, CA.
1350. Martin, J.-C., L. Julia, and A. Cheyer, A Theoretical Framework for Multimodal User Studies, .
1351. Martin, P., D. Appelt, and F. Periera, Transportability and Genereality in a Natural-Language Interface System, in Readings in Natural Language Processing, B.J. Grosz, K.S. Jones, and B.L. Webber, Editors. 1986, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: Los Altos, CA. p. 585-594.
1352. Martin, R., Relational Cognition Complexity and Relational Communication in Personal Relationships. Communication Monographs, 1992. 59: p. 150-163.
1353. Martin, J. and J.L. Crowley. An appearance-based approach to gesture recognition. in The Ninth International Conference on Image Analysis and Processing. 1997.
1354. Martin, J.-C. Towards "intelligent" cooperation between modalities. The example of a system enabling multimodal interaction with a map. in IJCAI-97. 1997. Nagoya, Japan.
1355. Martin, J., V. Devin, and J.L. Crowley. Active Hand Tracking. in Third International IEEE Conference on Automatic Face and Gesture Recognition. 1998. Nara, Japan.
1356. Martinich, A.P., The Philosophy of Language. 3 ed. 1996, New York: Oxford University Press.
1357. Marx, M.T., Toward Efective Conversational Messaging, in School of Architecture and Planning. 1993, MIT: Cambridge. p. 123.
1358. Marx, M.T., Bandit: Context-Sensitive, Conversational Messaging, . 1994, MIT: Cambridge. p. 17.
1359. Masten, A., et al., The Structure and Coherence of Competence form Childhoold through Adolescence. Child Development, 1995. 66: p. 1635-1659.
1360. Masters, J. and W. Furman, *Popularity, individual friendship selection, and specific peer interaction among children. Developmental Psychology, 1981. 17: p. 344-350.
1361. Mataric, M.J., V.B. Zordan, and Z. Mason. Movement control methods for complex, dynamically situated agents: Adonis dances the macarena. in Autonomous Agents 98. 1998. Minneapolis, MN.
1362. Mathes, P.G., et al., *Peer-Assisted Learning Strategies for First-Grade Readers: Responding to the Needs of Diverse Learners. Reading Research Quarterly, 1998. 33(1): p. 62-94.
1363. Matthews, M.W., *Who Taught You How to Do That? Insights into Literacy Learning in a Student-Centered, Nongraded Classroom. Yearbook of the American Reading Forum, 1995. 15: p. 63-75.
1364. Mattson, M., Toward a Reconceptualization of Communication Cues to Action in the Health Belief Model: HIV Test Counseling. Comm. Monographs, 1999. 66: p. 240-265.
1365. Mauldin, M.L. Chatterbots, Tinymuds, and the Turing Test: Entering the Loebner Prize Competition. in AAAI 94. 1994.
1366. Maybin, J., *Children's Voices: Talk, Knowledge and Identity, in THE SOCIOLINGUISTICS READER, VOL. 2: GENDER AND DISCOURSE, J. Cheshire and P. Trudgill, Editors. 1998, Arnold: London. p. 278-294.
1367. Maybury, M.T., Research in multimedia and multimodal parsing and generation. Artificial Intelligence Review, 1995. 9(2-3): p. 103-127.
1368. Maybury, M. and W. Wahlster, Readings in Intelligent User Interfaces. 1998, San Francisco: Morgan Kaufmann.
1369. Maybury, M.T., Planning Multimedia Explanations Using Communicative Acts, in Readings in Intelligent User Interfaces, M.T. Maybury and W. Wahlster, Editors. 1998, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: San Francisco, CA. p. 99-108.
1370. Maybury, M.T. and W. Wahlster, eds. Readings in Intelligent User Interfaces. . 1998, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: San Francisco, CA.
1371. Mayer, R. and R. Moreno, A Split-Attention Effect in Multimedia Learning: Evidence for Dual Processing Systems in Working Memory. Journal of Educational Psychology, 1998. 90(2): p. 312-320.
1372. Mayfield, L., M. Gavalda, and e. al, Parsing Real Input in Janus: A Concept-Based Approach to Spken Language Translation, .
1373. McAuley, E. and L. Jacobson, *Self-efficacy and exercise participation in sedentary adult females. Americal Journal of Health Promotion, 1991. 5(3): p. 185-207.
1374. McAuliffe, T.J. and M.H. Dembo, *Status Rules of Behavior in Scenarios of Peer Learning. Journal of Educational Psychology, 1994. 86(2): p. 163-72.
1375. McBride, G., Interactions and the Control of Behavior, in Organization of Behavior in Face-to-Face Interaction, A. Kendon, R. Harris, and M. Ritchie, Editors. 1975, Mouton: The Hague. p. 415-423.
1376. McCafferty, S.G., Nonverbal Expression and L2 Private Speech. Applied Linguistics, 1998. 19(1): p. 73-96.
1377. McCann, C. and E. Higgins, Motivation and Affect in Interpersonal Relations: The Role of Personal Orientations and Discrepancies, in Communication, Social Cognition, and Affect, L. Donohew, H. Sypher, and E. Higgins, Editors. 1988, Lawrence Erlbaum: Hillsdale, NJ.
1378. McCarthy, J., Circumscription: A form of non-monotonic reasoning. Artificial Intelligence, 1980. 13: p. 27-39.
1379. McCarthy, L., et al. Enabling Team Training in Virtual Environments. in Collaborative Virtual Environments 1998. 1998. Manchester, UK.
1380. McConachy, R., K.B. Korb, and I. Zukerman. Deciding What Not to Say: An Attentional-Probabilistic Approach to Argument Presentation. in The Twentieth Annual Meeting of the Cognitive Science Society. 1998. Madison, WI.
1381. McCoy, C. and J. Masters, Children's strategies for the control of emotion in themselves and others, in Affect and Social Behavior. 1990.
1382. McCroskey, J. and V. Richmond, Willingness to Communicate: A Cognitive View. Journal of Social Behavior and Personality, 1990. 5(2): p. 19-37.
1383. McDermott, D., Tarskian Semantics, or No Notation Without Denotation!, in Readings in Natural Language Processing, B.J. Grosz, K.S. Jones, and B.L. Webber, Editors. 1986, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: Los Altos, CA. p. 167-170.
1384. McDonald, D., Description Directed Control: Its Implications for Natural Language Generation, in Readings in Natural Language Processing, B.J. Grosz, K.S. Jones, and B.L. Webber, Editors. 1986, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: Los Altos, CA. p. 519-538.
1385. McDowell, E.E. and e. al. *A Multivariate Study of Teacher Immediacy, Teaching Effectiveness, and Student Attentiveness at the Junior High and Senior High Levels. in Annual Meeting of the Speech Communication Association (66th). 1980. New York, NY.
1386. McDowell, E.E. and C.E. McDowell. *An Investigation of Verbal and Nonverbal Teacher Immediacy Behaviors, Homophily, Interpersonal Solidarity, Student Attentiveness and Student Learning at the Senior High School Level. in Annual Meeting of the International Communication Association (40th). 1990. Dublin, Ireland.
1387. McGrath, P., P. Gutierrez, and I. Valadez, Introduction of the College Student Social Support Scale: Factor Structure and Reliability Assessment. Journal of College Student Development, 2000. 41(4): p. 415-426.
1388. McGuire, A., Helping Behaviors in the Natural Environment: Dimensions and Correlates of Helping. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 1994. 20(1): p. 45-56.
1389. McInerney, V., D.M. McInerney, and H.W. Marsh, Effects of Metacognitive Strategy Training Within a Cooperative Group Learning Context on Computer Achievement and Anxiety: An Aptitude-Treatment Interaction Study. Journal of Educational Psychology, 1997. 89(4): p. 686-695.
1390. McKay, N.D., Using Quaternions for Least-Squares Fitting of Rotation Transformations, . 1986, General Motors Research Laboratories: Warren, MI.
1391. McKeown, K.R., Paraphrasing Questions Using Given and New Information. Americal Journal of Computational Linguistics, 1983. 9(1).
1392. McKeown, K.R., Text Generation. Studies in Natural Language Processing, ed. A.K. Joshi. 1985, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
1393. McKeown, K., Discourse Strategies for Generating Natural-Language Text, in Readings in Natural Language Processing, B.J. Grosz, K.S. Jones, and B.L. Webber, Editors. 1986, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: Los Altos, CA. p. 479-500.
1394. McKevitt, P. and J.G. Gammack, The Sensitive Interface. Artificial Intelligence Review, 1996. 10: p. 275-298.
1395. McLachlan, A., The Effects of Agreement, Disagreement, Gender and Familiarity on Patterns of Dyadic Interaction. Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 1991. 10(3): p. 205-212.
1396. McNeill, D., Hand and Mind. 1992, Chicago and London: The University of Chicago Press.
1397. McNeill, D., Hand and Mind: What Gestures Reveal about Thought. 1992, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
1398. McNeill, D., J. Cassell, and K.-E. McCullough, Communicative Effects of Speech-Mismatched Gestures. Research on Language and Social Interaction, 1994. 27(3): p. 223-237.
1399. McNeill, D., Right Brain and Gesture, in Language, Gesture and Space, K. Emmorey, Editor. 1995, Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, publishers: Hillsdale. p. 63-85.
1400. McNeill, D., ed. Language and gesture. . 2000, Cambridge University Press: Cambridge.
1401. McRoy, S., S. Haller, and S. Ali, Uniform Knowledge Representation for Language Processing in the B2 System, .
1402. McRoy, S. and G. Hirst, The Repair of Speech Act Misunderstandings by Abductive Inference. Computational Linguistics, 1995: p. 435-478.
1403. McTear, M.F. Spoken Dialogue Technology: Enabling the Conversational User Interface. in The DUS/ELSNET Bullet Course on Designing and Testing Spoken Dialogue Systems. 1997.
1404. Medicine, A.C.o.S., *Position statement on the recommended quantity and qality of exercise ffor developing and maintaining cardiorespiratory and muscular fitness in healthy adults. Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise, 1990. 22: p. 265-274.
1405. Meehan, J., Tale-Spin, .
1406. Meeter, M., Bridging the generation gap between text planning and linguistic realization. Computational Intelligence, 1991. 7(4): p. 296-304.
1407. Meggle, G., To Hell with Speech Act Theory, in Dialogue: An Interdisciplinary Approach, M. Dascal, Editor. 1985, John Benjamins: Philadelphia. p. 205-211.
1408. Meissner, W.W., The Therapeutic Alliance. 1996, New Haven: Yale University Press.
1409. Mellish, C., A. Knott, and e. al, Experiments Using Stochastic Search for Text Planning, .
1410. Mellish, C., et al. An architecture for opportunistic text generation. in Proceedings of the Ninth International Workshop on Natural Language Generation. 1998. Ontario, Canada.
1411. Melucci, A. and S.L. Chorover. Knowledge and Wonder: Beyond the Crisis of Modern Science? in International Roundtable Meeting sponsored by The Center for Frontier Sciences at Temple University. 1997. Temple University.
1412. Merin, A., Communicative Action as Bargaining: Utility, Relevance, Elementary Social Acts, .
1413. Merritt, M., Repeats and Reformulations in Primary Classrooms as Windows in the Nature of Talk Engagement. Discourse Processes, 1982. 5: p. 127-145.
1414. Messer, D. and e. al, Influences on the effectiveness of peer interaction: children's level of cognitive development and the relative ability of peers. Social Development, 1993. 2(3).
1415. Meuller, E. and M. Dyer. Towards a computational theory of human daydreaming. in Seventh Annual Conference of the Cognitive Science Society. 1985. Irvine, CA.
1416. Michalski, R.S., J.G. Carbonell, and T.M. Mitchell, eds. Machine Learning: An Artificial Intelligence Approach. . 1983, Tioga Publishing Co.: Palo Alto, CA.
1417. Microsoft, IntelliSene in Microsoft Office 97, . 1996, Microsoft.
1418. microsoft.com, Introduction to XML, . 1999.
1419. microsoft.com, XML (Extensible Markup Language), . 1999.
1420. Milgram, S., The Individual in a Social World: Essays and Experiments.
1421. Milgram, S., Crowds. 1972.
1422. Miller, H., Conspectus for the Study of Socialization in the Peer Group. Journal of Educational Sociology, 1960. 33(8): p. 320-331.
1423. Miller, L.C. and S.J. Read, Why Am I Telling You This?: Self-Disclosure in a Goal-Based Model of Personality, in Self-disclosure: Theory, research and therapy, V.J. Derlega and J.H. Berg, Editors. 1987, Plenum: New York. p. 35-58.
1424. Miller, G.A., et al., Introduction to Wordnet: An On-line Lexical Database, . 1993.
1425. Miller, H. The Social Psychology of Objects. in Social World Conference. 1995.
1426. Miller, H. The Presentation of Self in Electronic Life: Goffman on the Internet. in IRISS '98. 1998. Bristol, UK.
1427. Miller, A.L. and S.L. Olson. *Emotional Expressiveness during Peer Conflicts: A Predictor of Social Maladjustment among High-Risk Preschoolers. in Biennial Meeting of the Society for Research in Child Development. 1999. Albuquerque, NM.
1428. Mills, K.M. and J.L. Alty, Investigating the Role of Redundancy in Multimodal Input Systems, in Gesture and Sign Language in Human-Computer Interaction, I. Wachsmuth and M. Frohlich, Editors. 1998, Springer-Verlag: Berlin. p. 159-171.
1429. Minar, N. and J. Donath. Visualizing the Crowds at a Web Sit. in CHI. 1998?
1430. Minker, J., ed. Foundations of Deductive Databases and Logic Programming. . 1988, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers: New York.
1431. Minsky, M., The Emotion Machine.
1432. Minsky, M., A framework for representing knowledge, in The psychology of computer vision, P. Winston, Editor. 1975, McGraw Hill: New York. p. 211-277.
1433. Minsky, M., Music, Mind and Meaning. Computer Music Journal, 1981. 5(3): p. 28-44.
1434. Minsky, M., The Society of Mind. 1985, New York: Simon and Schuster.
1435. Minsky, M., The Society of Mind. 1986, New York: Simon & Schuster.
1436. Minsky, M., Negative Expertise. International Journal of Expert Systems, 1994. 7(1): p. 13-18.
1437. Mitchell, T., Machine Learning.
1438. Mittal, V., et al. Generating Explanatory Captions for Information Graphics. in IJCAI 95. 1995.
1439. Mittal, V., et al., Describing Complex Charts in Natural Language: A Caption Generation System. Computational Linguistics, 1998. 24(3): p. 431-467.
1440. Moghaddam, F., D. Taylor, and S. Wright, Chapter 5: Social Relations, in Social Psychology in Cross-Cultural Perspective. 1993, W.H. Freeman and Company: New York. p. 93-116.
1441. Moghaddam, F.M., D.M. Taylor, and S.C. Wright, Chapter 5: Social Relations, in Social Psychology in Cross-Cultural Perspective. 1993, W. H. Freeman and Company: New York. p. 93-116.
1442. Montfort, N., A Brief Look at EddieEdit, .
1443. Montoye, H.J. and H.L. Taylor, Measurement of Physical Activity in Population Studies: A Review. Human Biology, 1984. 56(2): p. 195-216.
1444. Montoye, H.J., Measuring Physical Activity and Energy Expenditure. 1996, Champaign, IL: Human Kinetics.
1445. Moon, Y. and C. Nass. Adaptive Agents and Personality Change: Complementarity versus similarity as forms of adaptation. in CHI 96. 1996. Vancouver, BC.
1446. Moon, Y., Intimate self-disclosure exhanges: Using computers to build reciprocal relationships with consumers, . 1998, Harvard Business School: Cambridge, MA.
1447. Moon, Y., When the Computer is the "Salesperson": Consumer Responses to Computer "Personalities" in Interactive Marketing Situations, . 1999, Harvard Business School.
1448. Moon, Y., The Effects of "Canned" Personalization on Outcomes in an Interactive Marketing Situation, . 1999, Harvard Business School.
1449. Moore, R., Problems in Logical Form, in Readings in Natural Language Processing, B.J. Grosz, K.S. Jones, and B.L. Webber, Editors. 1986, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: Los Altos, CA. p. 285-292.
1450. Moore, B. and A. Isen, Affect and social behavior, in Affect and social behavior. 1990.
1451. Moore, J.D. and C.L. Paris, Planning text for advisory dialogues: capturing intentional and rhetorical information. Computational Linguistics, 1992. 19(4): p. 651-695.
1452. Moore, J. and M. Pollack, A Problem for RST: The Need for Multi-Level Discourse Analysis. Computational Linguistics, 1992. 18(4): p. 537-544.
1453. Moore, J.D. and C.L. Paris, Planning Text for Advisory Dialogues: Capturing Intentional and Rhetorical Information, in Readings in Intelligent User Interfaces, M.T. Maybury and W. Wahlster, Editors. 1998, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: San Francisco, CA.
1454. Moorman, K. and A. Ram. Integrating Creativity and Reading: A Functional Approach. in 16th Annual Cognitive Science Conference. 1994. Atlanta, GA.
1455. Moran, D.B. and A.J. Cheyer, Intelligent Agent-based User Interfaces, .
1456. Moran, D., et al. Multimodal User Interfaces in the Open Agent Architecture. in IUI 97. 1997. Orlando, FL.
1457. Morkes, J., H. Kernal, and C. Nass. Humor in Task-Oriented Computer-Mediated Communication and Human-Computer Interaction. in CHI 98. 1998.
1458. Morningstar, C. and F.R. Farmer. The Lessons of Lucasfilm's Habitat. in The First Annual International Conference on Cyberspace. 1990.
1459. Mosca, A., A review essay on Antonio Damasio's _The Feeling of What Happens: Body
and Emotion Making the Connection. .
1460. Moser, M. and J.D. Moore, Investigating Cue Selection and Placement in Tutorial Discourse. 1995.
1461. Moser, M. and J. Moore, Toward a Synthesis of Two Accounts of Discourse Structure. Computational Linguistics, 1996. 22(3): p. 409-420.
1462. Mostow, J. and G. Aist, Evaluating tutors that listen: An overview of Project LISTEN, in Smart Machines in Education: The coming revolution in educational technology, K. Forbus and P. Feltovich, Editors. 2001, MIT/AAAI Press: Cambridge.
1463. Mota, S.A., Putting Affect in a Text Conversational Discourse, . 2000, MIT Media Lab: Cambridge, MA.
1464. Moukas, A., Cartoon Laws of Physics, . 1997.
1465. Mueller, E., Daydreaming in Humans and Machines: A computer model of the stream of thought. 1990, Norwood, NJ: Ablex Publishing Corp.
1466. Mueller, E.T., Story understanding, . 1999, MIT Media Lab: Cambridge, MA.
1467. Mueller, E., ThoughtTreasure: A natural language/commonsense platform, . 2000, Signiform.
1468. Mukerjee, A., Neat versus scruffy: A review of computational models of spatial expressions, in Representation and Processing of Spatial Expression, P. Olivier and K.P. Gapp, Editors. 1998, Lawrence Erlbaum Associates: Hillsdale, NJ. p. 1-35.
1469. Mulder, A., Hand Gestures for HCI, . 1996, School of Kinesiology, Simon Fraser University.
1470. Mulken, S.v., E. Andre, and J. Muller, An Empirical Study on the Trustworthiness of Life-Like Interface Agents, . 1999, DFKI: Saarbrucken, Germany.
1471. Muller, K., Theatrical Moments: On Contextualizing Funny and Dramatic Moods in the Course of Telling a Story in Conversation, in The contextualization of language, P. Auer and A.D. Luzio, Editors. 1992, John Benjamins: Philadelphia.
1472. Mulvaney, B.M., Gender Differences in Communication: An Intercultural Experience, . 1994.
1473. Mundorf, N., et al. Multimedia and Health Promotion Among Adolescents. in COTIM-95. 1995.
1474. Murachver, T., et al., Do, Show, and Tell: Children's Event Memories Acquired through Direct Experience, Observation and Stories. Child Development, 1996. 67: p. 3029-3044.
1475. Murray, S.L. and J.G. Holmes, Storytelling in Close Relationships: The Construction of Confidence. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 1994. 20(6): p. 650-663.
1476. Murray, J.H. Dr. Quinn on the Holodeck. in AAAI 95. 1995.
1477. Murray, S.L., J.G. Holmes, and D.W. Griffin, The Benefits of Positive Illusions: Idealization and the Construction of Satisfaction in Close Relationships. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1996. 70(1): p. 79-98.
1478. Murray, J.H., Hamlet on the Holodeck. 1997, New York: The Free Press.
1479. Murray, R.C., K. VanLehn, and J. Mostow. A Decision-Theoretic Architecture for Selecting Tutorial Discourse Actions. in The AIED-2001 Workshop on Tutorial Dialog Systems. 2001.
1480. Murray, R.C., K. VanLehn, and J. Mostow. A Decision-Theoretic Approach for Selecting Tutorial Discourse Actions. in NAACL 2001. 2001. Pittsburgh, PA.
1481. Mydlarski, D., *Cooperative Computer-Assisted Language Learning: Is It Living Up to Its Promise? The Journal of Educational Techniques and Technologies, 1987. 20(1): p. 26-29.
1482. Myers, D., Feeling good about Fredrickson's positive emotions'. .
1483. Myers, B.A., et al. Easily adding animations to interfaces using constraints. in UIST '96. 1996. Seattle, Washington.
1484. Mynatt, E.D., et al. Design for Network Communities. in CHI 97. 1997.
1485. Nagao, K. and A. Takeuchi, Speech Dialogue with Facial Displays: Multimodal Human-Computer Conversation, in Readings in Intelligent User Interfaces, M.T. Maybury and W. Wahlster, Editors. 1998, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: San Francisco, CA. p. 572-581.
1486. Nagao, K. and A. Takeuchi. Social Interaction: Multimodal Conversation with Social Agents. ??
1487. Nagao, K. and A. Takeuchi, Speech Dialogue with Facial Displays: Multimodal Human-Computer Conversation, . ???
1488. Nakanishi, H., et al., Free Walk: Supporting casual meetings in a network. Proceedings of ACM CSCW'96, 1996: p. 308-314.
1489. Nakano, Y.I. and K. Patel, Interactive Gestures in Embodied Conversational Agent, . 2000, MIT Media Lab: Cambridge, MA.
1490. Nakano, Y.I. and K. Patel, Interactive Gestures in Embodied Conversational Agent, . 2001, MIT Media Lab: Cambridge.
1491. Nakatani, C.H., et al., Instructions for Annotating Discourse, . 1995, Harvard University: Cambridge, MA.
1492. Narayanan, S. Moving Right Along: A Computational Model of Metaphoric Reasoning about Events. in AAAI 99. 1999.
1493. Nardi, B.A., A Small Matter of Programming: Perspectives on End User Computing. 1993, Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.
1494. Nass, C., J. Steuer, and E. Tauber. Computers are social actors. in CHI '94. 1994. Boston, MA.
1495. Nass, C. and B. Reeves. Social and Natural Interfaces: Theory and Design. in CHI 97. 1997.
1496. Nass, C. and Y. Moon, Machines and Mindlessness: Social Responses to Computers, . 1999, Harvard Business School.
1497. Nass, C., K. Isbister, and E.-J. Lee, Truth is Beauty: Researching Embodied Conversational Agents, in Embodied Conversational Agents, J. Cassell, Editor. 1999.
1498. Nass, C. and K. Lee. Does Computer-Generated Speech Manifest Personality? An Experimental Test of Similarity-Attraction. in CHI 2000. 2000. The Hague, Amsterdam.
1499. Nass, C. and L. Gong. Is Maximization or Consistency the More Social? The Case of Synthesized Voices and Faces. in CHI 2000. 2000.
1500. Neal, J.G., et al., Natural Language with Integrated Deictic and Graphic Gestures, in Readings in Intelligent User Interfaces, M.T. Maybury and W. Wahlster, Editors. 1998, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: San Francisco, CA. p. 38-52.
1501. Neale, A., et al., The Use of Behavioral Contracting to Increase Exercise Activity. American Journal of Health Promotion, 1990. 4(6): p. 441-447.
1502. Neale, A.V., et al., The Use of Behavioral Contracting to Increase Exercise Activity. American Journal of Health Promotion, 1990. 4(6): p. 441-447.
1503. Neapolitan, R.E., Probabilistic Reasoning in Expert Systems. 1990, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
1504. Neri, F. Computer-Aided Tracing of Children's Physics Learning: a Teacher Oriented View. in IJCAI '99. 1999.
1505. Newcomb, A. and J. Brady, Mutuality in boys' friendship relations. Child Development, 1982. 53: p. 392-395.
1506. Newcomb, A.F. and C.L. Bagwell, The developmental significance of children's friendship relations, in The company they keep: Friendship in childhood and adolescence, W.M. Bukowski, A.F. Newcomb, and W.W. Hartup, Editors. 1996, Cambridge University Press: New York. p. 289-321.
1507. Newell, A., The Knowledge Level, in AI Magazine. 1981.
1508. Newman, M.G., et al., The Use of Hand-Held Computers as an Adjunct to Cognitive-Behavior Therapy. Computers in Human Behavior, 1996. 12(1): p. 135-143.
1509. Newman, M.G., A.J. Consoli, and C.B. Taylor, A Palmtop Computer Program for the Treatment of Generalized Anxiety Disorder. Behavior Modification, 1999. 23(4): p. 597-619.
1510. Nickerson, R.S., Some Characteristics of Conversations, in Man-Computer Interaction: Human Factors Aspects of Computers and People, B. Shackel, Editor. 1981, Sijthoff & Noordhoff: Rockville, MD. p. 53-64.
1511. Nigay, L. and J. Coutaz. A Generic Platform for Addressing the Multimodal Challenge. in CHI '95. 1995. Denver, CO: ACM Press.
1512. Nigg, C., K. Courneya, and P. Estabrooks, Maintaining Attendance at a Fitness Center: An Application of the Deicsion Balance Sheet. Behavioral Medicine, 1997. 23: p. 130-137.
1513. Nii, H.P., Blackboard Systems: The Blackboard Model of Problem Solving and the Evolution of Blackboard Architectures, in The AI Magazine. 1986. p. 38-53.
1514. Nijholt, A. Agents, Believability and Embodiment in Advanced Learning Environments. in IEEE International Conference on Advanced Learning Technologies. 2001. Madison, WI: IEEE Press.
1515. Nilsson, N.J., Introduction to Machine Learning: An Early Draft of a Proposed Textbook, . 1996, Stanford University: Stanford, CA.
1516. Nippolo, M., Later Language Development. 1998.
1517. Nobe, S., S. Hayamizu, and O. Hasegawa, Are Listeners Paying Attention to the Hand Gestures of an Anthropomorphic Agent? An evaluation Using Gaze Tracking Method, in Gesture and Sign Language in Human-Computer Interaction, I. Wachsmuth and M. Frohlich, Editors. 1998, Springer-Verlag: Berlin. p. 49-59.
1518. Nolen-Hoeksema, S. and C. Davis, "Thanks for Sharing That": Ruminators and Their Social Support Networks. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1999. 77(4): p. 801-814.
1519. Noma, T. and N. Badler. A Virtual Human Presenter. in IJCAI 97. 1997.
1520. Norman, D.A., How might people interact with agents, in Software Agents, J.M. Bradshaw, Editor. 1997, AAAI Press/MIT Press. p. 49-55.
1521. Norton, R.W. and L.S. Pettegrew, Attentiveness as a Style of Communication: A Structural Analysis. Communication Monographs, 1979. 46(1): p. 13-26.
1522. Norvig, P., Paradigms of Artificial Intelligence Programming. 1992, San Mateo, CA: Morgan Kaufmann Publishers.
1523. Novick, D.G. and M.A. Perez-Quinones. Cooperating with computers: Abstracting from action to situated acts. in The Ninth European Conference on Cognitive Ergonomics. 1998. Limerick, Ireland.
1524. Novick, D.G. Politeness as Actions of an Implicit Task. in 3rd International Workshop on Human-Computer Conversation. 2000. Bellagio, Italy.
1525. Novick, D.G. Politness as Actions of an Implicit Task. in 3rd International Workshop on Human-Computer Conversation. 2000. Bellagio, Italy.
1526. O'Brien, T., A. DeLongis, and A. Habke, Interpersonal Dimensions of Coping with Chronic Stress, : submitted (from Liz).
1527. O'Donnell, A.M., Ed. and A. King, Ed., Cognitive Perspectives on Peer Learning. Rutgers Invitational Symposium on Education. 1999, New Jersey.
1528. O'Neill, D.K., Two-year-old children's sensitivity to a parent's knowledge state when making requests. Child Development, 1996. 67: p. 659-677.
1529. O'Neill, D.K. and A.C. Holmes, Young preschoolers' ability to reference story characters: the contribution of gestures and character speech, . 1999, University of Waterloo: Waterloo, ON.
1530. O'Neill, D.K. and F.G.E. Happe, Noticing and commenting on what's new: differences and similarities among 22-month-old typically developing children, children with Down syndrome and children with autism. Developmental Science, 2000. 3(4): p. 457-478.
1531. O'Neill, D.K. and C.M. Atance, 'Maybe my daddy give me a big piano': the development of children's use of modals to express uncertainty. First Language, 2000. 20(58): p. 29-52.
1532. O'Neill, D.K., Two-year-old children's sensitivity to the referential (in)efficacy of their own pointing gestures. Journal of Child Language, 2001. 28: p. 1-28.
1533. O'Neill, D.K. and M. Pearce, A new perspective on the predictive relation between narrative perspective-taking ability in preschoolers and academic competence, . 2001, Department of Psychology, University of Waterloo: Waterloo, ON.
1534. O'Neill, D.K., J.C. Topolovec, and W. Stern-Cavalcante, Feeling sponginess: The importance of descriptive gestures in two-and-three-year-old children's acquisition of adjectives, . 2001, Univeristy of Waterloo: Waterloo, ON.
1535. O'Sullivan, L.F. and M.E. Gaines, Decision-Making in College Students' Heterosexual Dating Relationships: Ambivalence about Engaging in Sexual Activity. Journal of Social and Personal Relationships, 1998. 15(3): p. 347-363.
1536. Oberlander, J. and C. Mellish, Final Report on the ILEX Project, . 1998.
1537. Oberlander, J., et al., Beyond elaboration: generating descriptive texts containing it-clefts, in Text representation: linguistic and psycholinguistic aspects, T. Sanders, J. Schilperoord, and W. Spooren, Editors. 2000, Benjamins: Amsterdam.
1538. Ochs, E. and B. Schieffelin, Language has a heart. Text, 1989. 9(1): p. 7-25.
1539. Ohshima, T., et al. AR2 Hockey; A Case Study of Collaborative Augmented Reality. in VRAIS 98. 1998: IEEE Press.
1540. Okonkwo, C. and J. Vassileva. Affective Pedagogical Agents and User Persuasion. in 9th International Conference on Human-Computer Interaction. 2001. New Orleans.
1541. Okun, B., Effective Helping: Interviewing and Counseling Techniques. 1997, Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole.
1542. Okun, B.F., Effective Helping: Interviewing and Counseling Techniques. 5 ed. 1997, Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole Publishing.
1543. OldenBurg, R., The Great Good Place: Cafes, Coffee Shops, Community Centers, Beauty Parlors, General Stores, Bars, Hangouts and How They Get You Through the Day. 1997: Marlowe & Co. Chapters 1-3.
1544. Ollendick, T.H., Child and Adolescent Behavior Therapy, in Handbook of Psychotherapy and Behavior Change, A.E. Bergin and S.L. Garfield, Editors. 1986, John Wiley & Sons: New York City. p. 525-564.
1545. Olson, D., D. Fournier, and J. Druckman, *PREPARE-ENRICH: Counselors manual. 1982, Minneapolis: Prepare-Enrich, Inc.
1546. Olson, J. and G. Olson, i2i Trust in E-Commerce. CACM, 2000. 43(12).
1547. Olveres, J., et al. Intelligent, Expressive Avatars. in Workshop on Embodied Conversational Characters. 1998. Lake Tahoe, CA.
1548. Onder, N. and M. Pollack. Conditional, Probabilistic Planning: A Unifying Algorithm and Effective Search Control Mechanisms. in AAAI. 1999.
1549. Oppenheimer, T., The Computer Delusion, in Atlantic Monthly. 1997.
1550. Orchard, R.A., FuzzyCLIPS Version 6.04 User's Guide, . 1995.
1551. Orlinsky, D.E. and K.I. Howard, Process and Outcome in Psychotherapy, in Handbook of Psychotherapy and Behavior Change, A.E. Bergin and S.L. Garfield, Editors. 1986, John Wiley & Sons: New York City. p. 311-381.
1552. Ornstein, R., The Evolution of Consciousness: The Origins of the Way We Think. 1991, New York: Simon & Schuster.
1553. Orsolini, M., Episodic Structure in Children's Fantasy Narratives: "Breakthrough" to Decontextualised Discourse. Language and Cognitive Processes, 1990. 5(1): p. 53-79.
1554. Ortiz, C.L. and B.J. Grosz. Interpreting information requests in context: a collaborative web interface for distance learning. in Autonomous Agents and Multi-Agent Systems. 2000. Barcelona, Spain.
1555. Ortony, A., G. Clore, and A. Collins, The Cognitive Structure of Emotions. 1988, Cambridge, MA: Cambridge University Press.
1556. Oviatt, S. and E. Olsen, Integration Themes in Multimodal Human-Computer Interaction, .
1557. Oviatt, S., Talking to thimble jellies: Children's conversational speech with animated characters. .
1558. Oviatt, S., Predicting spoken disfluencies during human-computer interaction. Computer Speech and Language, 1995. 9: p. 19-35.
1559. Oviatt, S., P. Cohen, and M. Wang, Toward Interface Design for Human Language Technology: Modality and Structure as Determinants of Linguistic Complexity, . 1995.
1560. Oviatt, S., User-Centered Modeling for Spoken Language and Multimodal Interfaces. IEEE MultiMedia, 1996. 1996: p. 26-35.
1561. Oviatt, S., A. DeAngeli, and K. Kuhn. Integration and Synchronization of Input Modes during Multimodal Human-Computer Interaction. in CHI 97. 1997. Atlanta, GA.
1562. Oviatt, S.L., User-Centered Modeling for Spoken Language and Multimodal Interfaces, in Readings in Intelligent User Interfaces, M.T. Maybury and W. Wahlster, Editors. 1998, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: San Francisco, CA. p. 620-630.
1563. Oviatt, S., Ten Myths of Multimodal Interaction. Communications of the ACM, 1999. 42(11): p. 64-81.
1564. Oviatt, S. and B. Adams, Designing and Evaluating Conversational Interfaces with Animated Characters, in Embodied Conversational Agents, J. Cassell, et al., Editors. 2000, MIT Press: Cambrdige, MA. p. 319-345.
1565. Owen, N., *Response Depression and Facilitation Components of the Frustration Effect in Children's Behavior. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 1972. 13(3): p. 478-87.
1566. Owens, J., G. Bower, and J. Black, The "soap opera" effect in story recall. Memory and Cognition, 1979. 7: p. 185-191.
1567. Paek, T., E. Horvitz, and E. Ringger, Continuous Listening for Unconstrained Spoken Dialog, .
1568. Paek, T. and E. Horvitz, Conversation as Action Under Uncertainty, .
1569. Paek, T. and E. Horvitz. Uncertainty, Utility, and Misunderstanding: A Decision-Theoretic Perspective on Grounding in Conversational Systems. in AAAI Fall Symposium on Psychological Models of Communication in Collaborative Systems. 1999.
1570. Paffenbarger, R.S., et al., Physical Activity, All-Cause Mortality, and Longevity of College Alumni. The New England Journal of Medicine, 1986. 314(10): p. 605-613.
1571. Paliouras, G. and e. al. Exploiting Learning Techniques for the Acquisition of User Stereotypes and Communities. in UM '99. 1999.
1572. Pallonen, U.E., et al. Feasibility of Computer-Based Smoking Interventions Among Teenagers: Recruitment and Treatment Retention. in COTIM-95. 1995.
1573. Palmer, M.T., Controlling Conversations: Turns, Topics and Interpersonal Control. Communication Monographs, 1989. 56: p. 1-18.
1574. Pantic, M. and L.J.M. Rothkrantz. An Expert System for Recognition of Facial Actions and Their Intensity. in The 17th National Conference on Artificial Intelligence - AAAI 2000. 2001. Austin, TX: AAAI Press/MIT Press.
1575. Panttaja, E.M., Recognizing Intonational Patterns in English Speech, in Department of Electrical Engineering and Computer Science. 1998, MIT: Cambridge. p. 47.
1576. Papert, S., Mindstorms: Children, Computers, and Powerful Ideas, New York: Basic Books.
1577. Papert, S., An exploration in the space of mathematics educations. Int. J. of Computers for Mathematical Learning, 1996. 1(1): p. 95-123.
1578. Papert, S., Child Power: Keys to the new learning of the digital century, . 1998.
1579. Papert, S., The Caperton-Papert Vision for Education, . ??
1580. Paradiso, J.A., New Instruments and Gestural Sensors for Musical Interaction and Performance, . 1998.
1581. Paradiso, J., E. Hu, and K.-y. Hsiao. Instrumented Footware for Interactive Dance. in XII Colloquium on Musical Informatics. 1998. Gorizia, Italy.
1582. Parault, S.J. and P.J. Schwanenflugel, *The Development of Conceptual Categories of Attention during the Elementary School Years. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 2000. 75(4): p. 245-62.
1583. Paris, C.L. and S.K. Morris. *The Computer in the Early Childhood Classroom: Peer Helping and Peer Teaching. in Microworld for Young Children Conference. 1985. College Park, MD.
1584. Parise, S., et al. My Partner is a Real Dog: Cooperation with Social Agents. in CSCW 96. 1996. Cambridge, MA.
1585. Parise, S., et al., Cooperating with life-like interface agents. Computers in Human Behavior, 1999. 15: p. 123-142.
1586. Parke, F.I. Interactive Tools to Support Animation Tasks. in Interactive 3D Graphics. 1986.
1587. Parke, F. and K. Waters, Computer Facial Animation. 1996: A.K. Peters Ltd.
1588. Parker, J. and J. Gottman, Social and Emotional Development in a Relational Context: Friendship Interaction from Early Childhood to Adolescence, in Peer Relationships in Child Development, T. Berndt and G. Ladd, Editors. 1989, Wiley: New York. p. 95-132.
1589. Parkinson, R.C., K.M. Colby, and W.S. Faught, Conversational Language Comprehension Using Integrated Pattern-Matching and Parsing, in Readings in Natural Language Processing, B.J. Grosz, K.S. Jones, and B.L. Webber, Editors. 1986, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: Los Altos, CA. p. 563-584.
1590. Parks, M. and K. Floyd, Meanings for Closeness and Intimacy in Friendship. Journal of Social and Personal Relationships, 1996. 13(1): p. 85-107.
1591. Parks, M. and L. Roberts, "Making MOOsic": The development of personal relationships on line and a comparison to their off-line counterparts. Journal of Social and Personal Relationships, 1998. 15(4): p. 517-537.
1592. Pate, R.R., et al., Physical Activity and Public Health: A Recommendation From the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and the American College of Sports Medicine. Journal of the American Medical Association, 1995. 273(5): p. 402-407.
1593. Patten, T., Systemic Text Generation as Problem Solving. Studies in Natural Language Processing, ed. A.K. Joshi. 1988, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
1594. Patterson, M.L. and J.A. Edinger, A Functional Analysis of Space in Social Interaction, in Nonverbal Behavior and Communication, A.W. Siegman and S. Feldstein, Editors. 1987, Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc.: Hillsdale. p. 523-526.
1595. Patterson, M., Functions of Nonverbal Behavior in Close Relationships, in Handbook of Personal Relationships, S. Duck, Editor. 1988, John Wiley & Suns: New York. p. 41-56.
1596. Patterson, M., A functional approach to nonverbal exchange, in Fundamentals of nonverbal behavior, R.S. Feldman and B. Rime, Editors. 1991, Cambridge University Press: Cambridge. p. 458-495.
1597. Pautler, D. A Computational Model of Social Perlocutions. in COLING/ACL. 1998.
1598. Pautler, D., A Computational Model of Social Perlocutions, . TBD.
1599. Payrato, L., A pragmatic view on autonomous gestures: A first repertoire of Catalan emblems. Journal of Pragmatics, 1993. 20: p. 193-216.
1600. Pearl, J., Probabilistic Reasoning in Intelligent Systems. 1988, San Mateo, CA: Morgan Kaufmann Publishers.
1601. Pease-Alvarez, L. and O.A. Vasquez, *Sharing Language and Technical Expertise around the Computer. Computers in the Schools, 1990. 7(1-2): p. 91-107.
1602. Pelachaud, C. and S. Prevost. Sight and Sound: Generating Facial Expressions and Spoken Intonation from Context. in Second ESCA/IEEE Workshop on Speech Synthesis.
1603. Pelachaud, C., N. Badler, and M. Steedman, Generating Facial Expressions for Speech. Cognitive Science, 1994. 1994.
1604. Pelachaud, C., et al., Synthesizing Cooperative Conversation, in Multimodal Human-Computer Communication: Systems, Techniques and Experiments, H. Bunt and R.J. Beun, Editors. 1998, Springer Verlag.
1605. Pellegrini, A.D., L. Galda, and D. Flor, *Relationships, Individual Differences, and Children's Use of Literate Language. The British Journal of Educational Psychology, 1997. 67(2): p. 139-152.
1606. Pellegrini, A.D., et al., *Oral Language and Literacy Learning in Context: The Role of Social Relationships. Merrill-Palmer Quarterly, 1998. 44(1): p. 38-54.
1607. Pellegrini, A.D., et al., Oral Language and Literacy Learning in Context: The Role of Social Relationships. Merrill-Palmer Quarterly, 1998. 44(1): p. 38-53.
1608. Pender, N., et al., Health-Care Provider Counseling to Promote Physical Activity, in Advances in Exercise Adherence, R. Dishman, Editor. 1994, Human Kinetics: Champaign, IL. p. 213-235.
1609. Penman, R., Facework in Communication: Conceptual and Moral Challenges, . p. 15-45.
1610. Penman, R., Facework & politness: multiple goals in courtroom discourse, in Multiple goals in discourse, K. Tracy and N. Coupland, Editors. 1991, Multilingual Matters: Clevedon. p. 15-39.
1611. Pentland, A.P., Smart Rooms: Machine Understanding of Human Behavior, .
1612. Pentland, A., Wearable Intelligence, in Scientific American: Exploring Intelligence. p. 90-95.
1613. Pentland, A., Smart Rooms, in Scientific American. 1996. p. 2-10.
1614. Peplau, L. and D. Peterson, *Close relationships. 1983, New York: Freeman.
1615. Pereira, F. and D. Warren, Definite Clause Grammars for Language Analysis, in Readings in Natural Language Processing, B.J. Grosz, K.S. Jones, and B.L. Webber, Editors. 1986, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: Los Altos, CA. p. 101-124.
1616. Perez, B., *Creating a Classroom Community for Literacy, in SOCIOCULTURAL CONTEXTS OF LANGUAGE AND LITERACY, B. Perez, Editor. 1998, Lawrence Erlbaum: Mahwah, NJ. p. 277-302.
1617. Perlin, K., Real time responsive animation with personality, .
1618. Perlin, K. and A. Goldberg, Improv: A System for Scripting Interactive Actors in Virtual Worlds. Proceedings of SIGGRAPH'96, 1996: p. 205-216.
1619. Perlin, K. Layered compositing of facial expression. in SIGGRAPH 1997. 1997.
1620. Perlman, G. Practical Usability Evaluation. in CHI 97. 1997.
1621. Perrault, C.R., On the Mathematical Properties of Linguistic Theories, in Readings in Natural Language Processing, B.J. Grosz, K.S. Jones, and B.L. Webber, Editors. 1986, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: Los Altos, CA. p. 5-16.
1622. Person, N., et al., The Integration of Affective Responses into AutoTutor. .
1623. Person, N.K., et al., *Inferring what the student knows in one-to-one tutoring: The role of student questions and answers. Learning and Individual Differences, 1994. 6: p. 205-229.
1624. Person, N.K., et al., *Pragmatics and pedagogy: Conversational rules and politeness strategies may inhibit effective tutoring. Cognition and Instruction, 1995. 13: p. 161-188.
1625. Person, N.K. and A.C. Graesser. Designing AutoTutor to be an effective conversational partner. in The Fourth International Conference of the Learning Sciences. 2000.
1626. Person, N.K., A.C. Graesser, and D. Harter. The Dialog Advancer Network: A Mechanism for Improving AutoTutor's Conversational Skills. in The Meetings of the Society for Text and Discourse. 2000. Lyon, France.
1627. Pervin, E. and J.A. Webb. Quaternions in Computer Vision and Robotics. in The Conference on Computer Vision and Pattern Recognition. 1983. Washington, DC.
1628. Pescovitz, D., Sons and Daughters of HAL Go on Line, in The New York Times. 1999: New York. p. E1, E8.
1629. Petajan, E., Very Low Bitrate Face Animation Coding in MPEG-4, . 2000, Bell Labs.
1630. Peters, R.W. and E.P. Torrance, *Dyadic interaction of preschool children and performance on a construction task. Psychological-Reports, 1972. 30(3): p. 747-750.
1631. Petty, R., J. Cacioppo, and J. Kasmer, The Role of Affect in the Elaboration Likelihood Model of Persuasion, in Communication, Social Cognition and Affect, L. Donohew, H. Sypher, and E. Higgins, Editors. 1988, Lawrence Erlbaum.
1632. Petty, R. and D. Wegener, Attitude Change: Multiple Roles for Persuasion Variables, in The Handbook of Social Psychology, D. Gilbert, S. Fiske, and G. Lindzey, Editors. 1998, McGraw-Hill: New York. p. 323-390.
1633. philosophe.com, ecommerce/Trust & Trustworthiness, . 2001, philosophe.com.
1634. Piaget, J., The Principles of Genetic Epistemology, New York: Basic Books.
1635. Picard, R., Affective Computing. 1997, Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
1636. Picard, R. Towards Agents the Recognize Emotion. in IMAGINA. 1998. Monaco.
1637. Picard, R. Affective Computing for HCI. in HCI 99. 1999. Munich, Germany.
1638. Picard, R. and J. Klein, Computers that recognize and respond to user emotion: theoretical and practical implications. Manuscript to be submitted for publication, 2000.
1639. Picard, R., What does it mean for a computer to "have" emotions?, . 2000.
1640. Pierrehumbert, J. and J. Hirschberg, The Meaning of Intonational Contours in Interpretation of Discourse, in Intentions in Communication, P.R. Cohen, J. Morgan, and M.E. Pollack, Editors. 1990, MIT Press: Cambridge, MA. p. 271-311.
1641. Pighin, F., et al. Synthesizing Realistic Facial Expressions from Photographs. in Siggraph 98. 1998: ACM Siggraph.
1642. Pinhanez, C.S., Computer Theater, . 1996, MIT Media Lab.
1643. Pinhanez, C.S., K. Mase, and A. Bobick. Interval Scripts: a Design Paradigm for Story-Based Interactive Systems. in CHI 97. 1997.
1644. Pinker, S., The Language Instinct: How the Mind Creates Language. 1994, New York: HarperCollins.
1645. Pinker, S., Language Acquisition, in Language: An Invitation to Cognitive Science, L.R. Gleitman and M. Liberman, Editors. 1995, MIT Press: Cambridge, MA. p. 135-182.
1646. Pinker, S., How the Mind Works. 1997, New York: W. W. Norton.
1647. Pinto, B., et al., Longitudinal Changes in College Students' Exercise Participation. College Health, 1998. 47: p. 23-27.
1648. Piorkowski, G.K., Back Off!, in Psychology Today. 1995. p. 50-53.
1649. Pittman, T., Motivation, in The Handbook of Social Psychology, D. Gilbert, S. Fiske, and G. Lindzey, Editors. 1998, McGraw Hill.
1650. Planalp, S. and A. Benson, Friends' and Acquaintances' Conversations I: Perceived Differences. Journal of Social and Personal Relationships, 1992. 9: p. 483-506.
1651. Planalp, S., Friends' and Acquaintances' Conversations II: Coded Differences. Journal of Social and Personal Relationships, 1993. 10: p. 339-354.
1652. Planalp, S., Communication, Cognition and Emotion. Communication Monographs, 1993. 60(March): p. 3-9.
1653. Planalp, S., Friends' and Acquaintances' Conversations II: Coded Differences. Journal of Social and Personal Relationships, 1993. 10: p. 339-354.
1654. Planalp, S., Communicating Emotion in Everyday Life: Cues, Channels and Processes, in Handbook of Communication and Emotion, P. Andersen and L. Guerrero, Editors. 1998, Academic Press: New York.
1655. Planalp, S. and J. Fitness, Thinking/Feeling about Social and Personal Relationships. Journal of Social and Personal Relationships, 1999. 16(6): p. 731-750.
1656. Pletinckx, D., Quaternion calculus as a basic tool in computer graphics. The Visual Computer, 1989. 5: p. 2-13.
1657. Poesio, M. and D. Traum, Representing Conversation Acts in a Unified Semantic/Pragmatic Framework, .
1658. Poesio, M. and D. Traum, Conversational Actions and Discourse Situations. Computational Intelligence, 1997. 13(3).
1659. Poggi, I., C. Pelachaud, and F.D. Rosis, Eye communication in a conversational 3D synthetic agent, .
1660. Polanyi, L., Linguistic and social constraints on storytelling. Journal of Pragmatics, 1982. 6: p. 509-524.
1661. Polanyi, L., A Formal Model of the Structure of Discourse. Journal of Pragmatics, 1988. 12: p. 601-638.
1662. Polanyi, L., Telling the American Story
A Structural and Cultural Analysis of Conversational Storytelling. 1989, Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
1663. Polanyi, L., Telling the American Story: A Structural and Cultural Analysis of Conversational Storytelling. 1989, Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.
1664. Polkinghorne, D., Narrative Knowing and the Human Sciences: State University of New York Press.
1665. Pollack, M.E., Plans as Complex Mental Attitudes, in Intentions in Communication, P.R. Cohen, J. Morgan, and M.E. Pollack, Editors. 1990, MIT Press: Cambridge, MA. p. 77-102.
1666. Pollack, M. and J. Horty, There's more to life than making plans. AI Magazine, 1999(Winter): p. 71-83.
1667. Pollina, L. and W. Snell, Coping in intimate relationships: Development of the multidimensional intimate coping questionnaire. Journal of Social and Personal Relationships, 1999. 16(1): p. 133-144.
1668. Polson, M.C. and J.J. Richardson, eds. Foundations of Intelligent Tutoring Systems. . 1988, Lawrence Erlbaum: Hillsdale, NJ.
1669. Pomerantz, A., Agreeing and disagreeing with assessments: some features of preferred/dispreferred turn shapes, in Structure of Social Action, J. Atkinson and J. Heritage, Editors. 1984, Cambridge University Press: Cambridge.
1670. Pomerleau, O.F. and J. Rodin, Behavioral Medicine and Health Psychology, in Handbook of Psychotherapy and Behavior Change, A.E. Bergin and S.L. Garfield, Editors. 1986, John Wiley & Sons: New York City. p. 483-522.
1671. Popvic, Z. and A. Witkin. Physically based motion transformation. in SIGGRAPH 99. 1999. Los Angeles.
1672. Povel, D.-J. and H. Okkerman, Accents in equitone sequences. Perception & Psycophysics, 1981. 30(6): p. 565-572.
1673. Poyatos, F., Forms and Functions of Nonverbal Communication in the Novel: A New Perspective of the Author-Character-Reader Relationship, in Nonverbal Communication, Interaction, and Gesture, A. Kendon, Editor. 1981, Mouton Publishers: New York. p. 108-149.
1674. Pozzi, S., L. Healy, and C. Hoyles, Learning and interaction in groups with computers: when do ability and gender matter. Social Development, 1993. 2(3).
1675. Prager, K. and D. Buhrmester, Intimacy and Need Fulfillment in Couple Relationships. Journal of Social and Personal Relationships, 1998. 15(4): p. 435-469.
1676. Preece, A., Collaborators and Critics: The Nature and Effects of Peer Interaction on Children's Conversational Narratives. Journal of Narrative and Life History, 1992. 2(3): p. 277-292.
1677. Prevost, S. and M. Steedman, Specifying intonation from context for speech synthesis. Speech Communication, 1994. 15: p. 139-153.
1678. Prevost, S. Modeling Contrast in the Generation and Synthesis of Spoken Language. in International Conference on Spoken Language Processing. 1996.
1679. Prevost, S., T. Bickmore, and J. Cassell. Interactional competency for conversational characters. in AAAI ? 1998.
1680. Prince, E.P., Toward a Taxonomy of Given-New Information, in Radical Pragmatics, Cole, Editor. 1981, Academic Press. p. 223-255.
1681. Prochaska, J. and B. Marcus, The Transtheoretical Model: Applications to Exercise, in Advances in Exercise Adherence, R. Dishman, Editor. 1994, Human Kinetics: Champaign, IL. p. 161-180.
1682. Prochaska, J.O., J.C. Norcross, and C.C. Diclemente, Changing for Good: A Revolutionary Six-Stage Program for Overcoming Bad Habits and Moving Your Life Positively Forward. 1994, New York: Avon Books.
1683. Project, F.P.A.L.O.A. and M.M.L.G. Group, Conversational Character Software Architecture, . 1997.
1684. Project, F.O.A. and M.M.L.G. Group, Conversational Character Software Architecture, . 1997.
1685. Pruitt, D., Social Conflict, in The Handbook of Social Psychology, D. Gilbert, S. Fiske, and G. Lindzey, Editors. 1998, McGraw-Hill: New York. p. 470-503.
1686. Prus, R., Making Sales: Influence as Interpersonal Accomplishment. 1989, Newbury Park, CA: Sage.
1687. Przymusinski, T.C., An Algorithm to Compute Circumscription. Artificial Intelligence, 1989. 38: p. 49-73.
1688. Psathas, G., The Stucture of Direction-giving in Interaction, in Talk & Social Structure, D. Boder and D.H. Zimmerman, Editors. 1991, Polity Press: Cambridge. p. 195-216.
1689. Puerta, A.R., et al., Model-Based Automated Generation of User Interfaces, in Readings in Intelligent User Interfaces, M.T. Maybury and W. Wahlster, Editors. 1998, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: San Francisco, CA. p. 508-515.
1690. Puntambekar, S. and B.d. Boulay, Design and Development of MIST--A System to Help Students Develop Metacognition. J. Educational Computing Research, 1997. 16(1): p. 1-35.
1691. Putnam, R., Bowling Alone: America's Declining Social Capital. Journal of Democracy, 1995. 6(1).
1692. Qu, Y., Planning Transition Relevance Points in Speech-based Information Systems, .
1693. Quek, F.K.H., Unencumbered Gestural Interaction. IEEE Multimedia, 1996. 3(4): p. 36-47.
1694. Ragan, S.L., Verbal play and multiple goals in the gynaecological exam interaction, in Multiple goals in discourse, K. Tracy and N. Coupland, Editors. 1991, Multilingual Matters: Clevedon. p. 67-83.
1695. Range, L.M., S.H. Kovac, and M.S. Marion, Does Writing about the Bereavement Lessen Grief Following Sudden, Unintentional Death? Death Studies, 2000. 24: p. 115-134.
1696. Raue, P.J., M.R. Goldfried, and M. Barkham, The Therapeutic Alliance in Psychodynamic-Interpersonal and Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 1997. 65(4): p. 582-587.
1697. Razmerita, L., B. Cooper, and P. Brna, Foundations for the Combination of Affective and Cognitive Factors in Student Modelling. submited to UMUAI, .
1698. Read, S.J. and A. Marcus-Newhall, Explanatory Coherence in Social Explanations: A Parallel Distributed Processing Account. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1993. 65(3): p. 429-447.
1699. Reddy, R., Foundations and Grand Challenges of Artificial Intelligence, in AI Magazine. 1988. p. 9-21.
1700. Redin, M., Telebug: A playful link between child and toy, in Media Lab. 1999, MIT.
1701. Reed, C. and D. Long. Generating the Structure of Argument. in COLING/ACL 98. 1998.
1702. Reeves, B. and C. Nass, The Media Equation: how people treat computers, televisions and new media like real people and places. 1996, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
1703. Reeves, B. and C. Nass, The Media Equation: How People Treat Computers, Television, and New Media Like Real People and Places. 1996, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
1704. Reilly, W.S. and J. Bates, Building Emotional Agents, . 1992, CMU: Pittsburgh, PA.
1705. Reilly, W.S., The Art of Creating Emotional and Robust Interactive Characters. Working notes of the AAAI Spring Symposium on Interactive Story Systems, 1995.
1706. Reis, H. and P. Franks, The role of intimacy and social support in health outcomes: Two processes or one? Personal Relationships, 1994. 1: p. 185-197.
1707. Reiter, E. and R. Dale, Building applied natural language generation systems. Natural Language Engineering, 1995. 1(1): p. 1-31.
1708. Reiter, E., C. Mellish, and J. Levine, Automatic Generation of Technical Documentation, in Readings in Intelligent User Interfaces, M.T. Maybury and W. Wahlster, Editors. 1998, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: San Francisco, CA. p. 141-156.
1709. Reiter, E., R. Robertson, and L. Osman. Knowledge Acquisition for Natural Language Generation. in INLG-2000. 2000. Mitzpe Ramon, Israel.
1710. Rekimoto, J. Tilting Operations for Small Screen Interfaces. in UIST '96. 1996.
1711. Rekrut, M.D., *Peer and Cross-Age Tutoring: The Lessons of Research. Journal of Reading, 1994. 37(5): p. 356-362.
1712. Renzetti, C.M. and D.J. Curran, Living Sociology. 1998, Boston: Allyn and Bacon.
1713. Repman, J., Collaborative, Computer-Based Learning: Cognitive and Affective Outcomes. J. Educational Computing Research, 1993. 9(2): p. 149-163.
1714. Resnick, M., et al., Beyond Black Boxes: Bringing Transparency and Aesthetics Back to Scientific Instruments, , MIT Media Lab.
1715. Resnick, M., Cricket Logo, .
1716. Resnick, P.V. and H.B. Lammers, The Influence of Self-esteem on Cognitive Responses to Machine-Like Versus Human-Like Computer Feedback. The Journal of Social Psychology, 1985. 125(6): p. 761--769.
1717. Resnick, M., A. Bruckman, and F. Martin, Pianos Not Stereos: Creating Computational Construction Kits. Interactions, 1996. 3(6).
1718. Resnick, M., et al. Digital Manipulatives: New toys to think with. in CHI 98. 1998.
1719. Resnick, M., Technologies for Lifelong Kindergarten. Educational Technology Research & Development, 1998. 46(4).
1720. Resnick, M., Turtles, Termites, and Traffic Jams. 1998, Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.
1721. Resnick, B., et al., Outcome Expectations for Exercise Scale: Utility and Psychometrics. Journal of Gerontology, 2000. 55B(6): p. S352-S356.
1722. Revere, D. and P.J. Dunbar. Creating a New Therapeutic Relationship: Using Two-Way Pagers to Deliver Continuous Care to Outpatients. in AMIA 2000. 2000. Los Angeles, CA.
1723. Reynolds, C., Flocks, Herds, and Schools: A Distributed Behavioral Model. Computer Graphics, 1987. 21(4): p. 25-34.
1724. Rheingold, H., The Virtual Community in a computerized World. 1994, London: Secker & Warburg.
1725. Rheingold, H., Misunderstanding New Media, in FEED Magazine. 1998.
1726. Rhodes, B.J., PHISH-Nets: Planning Heuristically in Situated Hybrid Networks, in Media Lab. 1996, MIT: Cambridge, MA.
1727. Ricard, R.J., *Conversational Coordination: Collaboration for Effective Communication. Applied Psycholinguistics, 1993. 14(3): p. 387-412.
1728. Rice, F.P., Intimate Relationships, Marriages, and Families. 2 ed. 1993, Mountain View, CA: Mayfield Publishing Co.
1729. Rich, E., Artificial Intelligence. McGraw-Hill Series in Artificial Intelligence. 1983, New York: McGraw-Hill.
1730. Rich, C. and C.L. Sidner, COLLAGEN: A Toolkit for Building Collaborative Interface Agents, . 1997, MERL: Cambridge, MA.
1731. Rich, C. and C.L. Sidner. COLLAGEN: When Agents Collaborate with People. in Autonomous Agents 97. 1997. Marina Del Rey, CA.
1732. Rich, C. and C.L. Sidner, COLLAGEN: A collaboration manager for software interface agents, . 1998, Mitsubishi Electric Information Technology Center America: Cambridge, MA.
1733. Rich, E., User Modeling Via Stereotypes, in Readings in Intelligent User Interfaces, M.T. Maybury and W. Wahlster, Editors. 1998, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: San Francisco, CA. p. 329-342.
1734. Rich, C., C.L. Sidner, and N. Lesh, COLLAGEN: Applying Collaborative Discourse Theory to Human-Computer Interaction. AI Magazine, 2001.
1735. Richmond, V. and J. McCroskey, Immediacy, in Nonverbal Behavior in Interpersonal Relations. 1995, Allyn & Bacon: Boston. p. 195-217.
1736. Richmond, V. and J. McCroskey, Teacher-Student Relationships, in Nonverbal Behavior in Interpersonal Relations. 1995, Allyn & Bacon: Boston. p. 259-325.
1737. Rickel, J. and W.L. Johnson. Integrating Pedagogical Capabilities in a Virtual Environment Agent. in Autonomous Agents 97. 1997. Marina Del Rey, CA.
1738. Rickel, J. and W.L. Johnson, Task-Oriented Dialogs with Animated Agents in Virtual Reality. Proceedings of the 1st Workshop on Embodied Conversational Characters, 1998: p. 39-46.
1739. Rickel, J. and W.L. Johnson, Animated Agents for Procedural Traning in Virtual Reality: Perception, Cognition and Motor Control. Applied Artificial Intelligence, 1998.
1740. Rickel, J. and W.L. Johnson., Animated agents for procedural training in virtual reality: Perception, cognition, and motor control. Applied Artificial Intelligence, 1998.
1741. Rickel, J. and W.L. Johnson, Task-Oriented Collaboration with Embodied Agents in Virtual Worlds, in Embodied Conversational Agents, J. Cassell, Editor. 2000, MIT Press: Cambridge, MA.
1742. Rickel, J. and W.L. Johnson, Task-Oriented Collaboration with Embodied Agents in Virtual Worlds, in Embodied Conversational Agents, J. Cassell, et al., Editors. 2000, MIT Press: Cambridge, MA.
1743. Rickel, J., et al., Using a Model of Collaborative Dialogue to Teach Procedural Tasks, . 2000, Mitsubishi Electric Research Laboratories: Cambridge.
1744. Rickenberg, R. and B. Reeves. The Effects of Animated Characters on Anxiety, Task Performance, and Evaluations of User Interfaces. in CHI 2000. 2000. The Hague, Amsterdam.
1745. Rickheit, G. and I. Wachsmuth, Collaborative Research Centre "Situated Artificial Communicators" at the University of Bielefeld, Germany. Artificial Intelligence Review, 1996. 10: p. 165-170.
1746. Ridley, B., B. Nivi, and J. Jacobson, All-Inorgainic field effect transistors fabricated by printing. ??, ??
1747. Riesman, D., The Lonely Crowd. 1989, New Haven: Yale University Press.
1748. Rime, B. and L. Schiaratura, Gesture and speech, in Fundamentals of nonverbal behavior, R.S. Feldman and B. Rime, Editors. 1991, Cambridge University Press: Cambridge. p. 239-281.
1749. Rime, B., et al., Beyond the emotional event: Six studies of the social sharing of emotion. Cognition and Emotion, 1991. 5: p. 435-465.
1750. Rinkel, G.K. and P. McCandless, *Application of a Methodology Analyzing User Frustration. College and Research Libraries, 1983. 44(1): p. 29-37.
1751. Rintel, E.S. and J. Pittam, Strangers in a Strange Land: Interaction Management on Internet Relay Chat. Human Communication Research, 1997. 23(4): p. 507-534.
1752. Riseberg, J.C., R. Berkowitz, and J. Cunningham. Action and Reaction: Computer-Mediated Dialogues As a Model for Natural Interfaces. in 2nd International Conference on Cognitive Technology. 1997.
1753. Rist, T., E. Andre, and J. Muller. Adding Animated Presentation Agents to the Interface. in IUI 97. 1997. Orlando, FL.
1754. Ristad, E., Computational Structure of Human Language, . 1990, MIT Artificial Intelligence Laboratory: Cambridge, MA.
1755. Riva, A., C. Smigelski, and R. Friedman. WebDietAID: An Interactive Web-Based Nutritional Counselor. in AMIA. 2000.
1756. Rivera, K., N.J. Cooke, and J.A. Bauhs. The Effects of Emotional Icons on Remote Communication. in CHI 96. 1996.
1757. RoAne, S., What do I Say Next? Talking your way to business and social success. 1997, New York: Warner Books.
1758. RoAne, S., What Do I Say Next: Talking Your Way to Business and Social Success. 1997, New York: Time Warner.
1759. Roberts, W. and J. Strayer, Empathy, Emotional Expressiveness and Prosocial Behavior. Child Development, 1996. 67: p. 449-470.
1760. Robertson, J., J. Good, and H. Pain, BetterBlether: The Design and Evaluation of a Discussion Tool for education. International Journal of Artificial Intelligence in Education, 1998. 9: p. 219-236.
1761. Robinson, J., DIAGRAM: A Grammar for Dialogues, in Readings in Natural Language Processing, B.J. Grosz, K.S. Jones, and B.L. Webber, Editors. 1986, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: Los Altos, CA. p. 139-160.
1762. Robinson, M. Computer Supported Co-operative Work: Cases and Concepts. in Groupware '91. 1991: Software Engineering Research Centre.
1763. Robinson, R. and R. West, A Comparison of Computer and Questionnaire Methods of History-Taking in a Genito-Urinary Clinic. Psychology and Health, 1992. 6: p. 77-84.
1764. Robison, J. and M. Rogers, Impact of Behavior Management Programs on Exercise Adherence. American Journal of Health Promotion, 1995. 9(5): p. 379-382.
1765. Rockwell, R., An infrastructure for social software. IEEE Spectrum, 1997(March 1997): p. 26-31.
1766. Roehl, B., Channeling the data flood. IEEE Spectrum, 1997(March 1997): p. 32-38.
1767. Rogati, M., M.A. Walker, and O. Rambow. The Impact of Syntactic and Planning Features on the Performance of a Trainable Sentence Planner. in NAACL 2001. 2001. Pittsburgh, PA.
1768. Rogers, W., The Contribution of Kinesic Illustrators towards the Comprehension of Verbal Behavior within Utterances. Human Communication Research, 1978. 5: p. 54-62.
1769. Rogoff, B., Apprenticeship in Thinking: Cognitive Development in Social Context. 1990, New York: Oxfor University Press.
1770. Rogoff, B., Cognitive Development Through Interaction with Adults and Peers, in Apprenticeship in Thinking: Cognitive Development in Social Context. 1990, New York University Press: New York. p. 144-149, 171-188.
1771. Ronald, E. and M. Sipper, What Use is a Turing Chatterbox?, in Communications of the ACM. 2000. p. 21-23.
1772. Rook, K., Social Support Versus Companionship: Effects on Life Stress, Loneliness, and Evaluations by Others. Journal of Pesonality and Social Psychology, 1987. 52(6): p. 1132-1147.
1773. Rook, K.S., Social Support Versus Companionship: Effects on Life Stress, Loneliness, and Evaluations by Others. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1987. 52(6): p. 1132-1147.
1774. Rose, C., B. Bodenheimer, and M. Cohen, Verbs and Adverbs: Multidimensional motion interpolation using radial basis functions. IEEE CGAA(?), 1998(Fall).
1775. Roseman, M. and S. Greenberg. TeamRooms: Groupware for Shared Electronic Spaces. in CHI 96. 1996.
1776. Rosenbaum, M., *The repulsion hypothesis: On the nondevelopment of relationships. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1986. 51: p. 1156-1166.
1777. Rosenbloom, A., Trusting Technology. Communications of the ACM, 2000. 43(12): p. 31-32.
1778. Rosenfeld, H.M. and M. Hancks, The Nonverbal Context of Verbal Listener Responses, in The Relationship of Verbal and Nonverbal Communication, M.R. Key, Editor. 1980, Mouton Publishers: New York. p. 194-206.
1779. Rosenfeld, H.M., Conversational Control Functions of Nonverbal Behavior, in Nonverbal Behavior and Communication, A.W. Siegman and S. Feldstein, Editors. 1987, Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc.: Hillsdale. p. 563-601.
1780. Rosis, F.d. and F. Grasso, Affective Natural Language Generation, .
1781. Rossney, R., Metaworlds, in WIRED Magazine. 1996.
1782. Rotenberg, K., Disclosure processes in children and adolescents. 1995, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
1783. Roth, S.F. and J. Mattis, Data Characterization for Intelligent Graphics Presentation, in Readings in Intelligent User Interfaces, M.T. Maybury and W. Wahlster, Editors. 1998, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: San Francisco, CA. p. 194-203.
1784. Roth, S.F., et al., Interactive Graphic Design Using Automatic Presentation Knowledge, in Readings in Intelligent User Interfaces, M.T. Maybury and W. Wahlster, Editors. 1998, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: San Francisco, CA. p. 237-248.
1785. Rotter, J., *Generalized expectancies for internal vs. external control of reinforcement. Psychological Monographs, 1966. 80(609).
1786. Rousseau, D. and B. Hayes-Roth, Personality in Synthetic Agents, . 1996: Stanford KSL Technical Report.
1787. Rousseau, D. and B. Hayes-Roth, A Social-Psychological Model for Synthetic Actors, . 1997, Knowledge Systems Laboratory, Stanford University: Stanford, CA.
1788. Rousseau, D. and B. Hayes-Roth, Improvisational Synthetic Actors with Flexible Personalities, . 1997, Knowledge Systems Laboratory, Stanford University: Stanford, CA.
1789. Rousseau, D. and B. Hayes-Roth, Interacting with Personality-Rich Characters, . 1997, Stanford University Knowledge Systems Laboratory.
1790. Roy, D. and A. Pentland, Learning Words from Natural Audio-Visual Input, .
1791. Roy, D., B. Schiele, and A. Pentland, Learning Audio-Visual Associations using Mutual Information. .
1792. Roy, D., Language Resources and Information Technology, . 1999.
1793. Rozell, E.J. and W.L. Gardner, Cognitive, motivation, and affective processes associated with computer-related performance: a path analysis. Computers in Human Behavior, 2000. 16: p. 199-222.
1794. Rozenberg, G., Elementary Net Systems, . 1987, Leiden University: Leiden, The Netherlands.
1795. Rubin, Z., *Measurement of romantic love. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1970. 16: p. 265-273.
1796. Rubin, Z., *Liking and loving. 1973, New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston.
1797. Rubin, K., W. Bukowski, and J. Parker, Peer Interactions, Relationships, and Groups, in Handbook of Child Psychology, W. Damon and N. Eisenberg, Editors. 1998, John Wiley. p. 619-700.
1798. Ruble, D. and J. Goodnow, Social Development in Childhood and Adulthood, in The Handbook of Social Psychology, D. Gilbert, S. Fiske, and G. Lindzey, Editors. 1998, McGraw-Hill: Boston. p. 741-787.
1799. Rudnicky, A., et al. Creating natural dialogs in the carnegie mellon communicator system. in Eurospeech. 1999.
1800. Rudolph, K., C. Hammen, and D. Burge, Cognitive Representations of Self, Family, and Peers in School-Age Children: Links with Social Competence and Sociometric Status. Child Development, 1995. 66: p. 1385-1402.
1801. Rusbult, C., *A longitudinal test of the investment model: The development (and deterioration) of satisfaction and commitment in heterosexual involvements. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1983. 16: p. 265-272.
1802. Russell, K.B. and B.M. Blumberg, Behavior-Friendly Graphics, .
1803. Russell, S.J. and P. Norvig, Artificial intelligence : a modern approach. Prentice Hall series in artificial intelligence. 1995, Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice Hall. xxviii, 932.
1804. Russell, D.E.H., Intimacy for Sale. Women & Therapy, 1996. 19(4): p. 15-25.
1805. Ryan, A. and P. Pintrich, "Should I Ask for Help?" The Role of Motivation and Attitudes in Adolescents' Help Seeking in Math Class. Journal of Educational Psychology, 1997. 89(2): p. 329-341.
1806. Ryan, A., M. Gheen, and C. Midgley, Why Do Some Students Avoid Asking for Help? An Examination of the Interplay Among Students' Academic Efficacy, Teachers' Social-Emotional Role, and the Classroom goal Structure. Journal of Educational Psychology, 1998. 90(3): p. 528-535.
1807. Ryokai, K., StoryMat, . 1999, MIT Media Lab.
1808. Ryokai, K., General Exam Writings. 2001.
1809. Saarni, C., D.L. Mumme, and J.J. Campos, Emotional Development: Action, Communication, and Understanding, in Handbook of Child Psychology, W. Damon and N. Eisenberg, Editors. 1998, John Wiley & Sons: New York City. p. 237-279.
1810. Sabatelli, R. and E. Cecil-Pigo, *Relational interdependence and commitment in marriage. Journal of Marriage and the Family, 1985. 47: p. 931-945.
1811. Sacks, H., E.A. Schegloff, and G. Jefferson, A Simplest Systematics for the Organization of Turn-Taking for Conversation. Language, 1974. 50: p. 696-735.
1812. Sacks, H., Notes on Methodology, in Structure of Social Action, J. Atkinson and J. Heritage, Editors. 1984, Cambridge University Press: Cambridge.
1813. Sacks, H., Lectures on Conversation, ed. G. Jefferson. 1995, Oxford: Blackwell.
1814. Saitzyk, A., F. Floyd, and A. Kroll, Sequential analysis of autonomy-interdependence and affiliation-disaffiliation in couples' social support interactions. Personal Relationships, 1997. 4: p. 341-360.
1815. Sakai, M., A System for Encouraging Written Storytelling in Children, in Department of Electrical Engineering and Computer Science. 1997, MIT: Cambridge. p. 32.
1816. Sakamoto, K., et al. A Response Model for a CG Character Based on Timing of Interactions in a Multimodal Human Interface. in IUI 97. 1997.
1817. Salamin, E., Application of Quaternions to Computation with Rotations, . 1979, Stanford AI Lab: Stanford, CA.
1818. Salisch, M.v., The Emotional Side of Sharing, Social Support, and Conflict Negotiation between Siblings and between Friends, in The Developmental Psychology of Personal Relationships, R.S.L. Mills and S. Duck, Editors. 2000, John Wiley & Sons: New York. p. 49-69.
1819. Sallis, J.F., et al., Physical Activity Assessment Methodology in the Five-City Project. American Journal of Epidemiology, 1985. 121(1): p. 91-106.
1820. Sallis, J.F., et al., Worksite Stress Management: A Comparison of Programs. Psychology and Health, 1987. 1: p. 237-255.
1821. Sallis, J.F., et al., The Development of Scales to Measure Social Support for Diet and Exercise Behavior. Preventive Medicine, 1987. 16(825-836).
1822. Sallis, J.F., et al., Evaluation of a University Course to Promote Physical Activity: Project GRAD. Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport, 1999. 70(1): p. 1-10.
1823. Salovey, P. and E. Pronin. Message Framing and Health Promotion. in COTIM-95. 1995.
1824. Salovey, P., A. Rothman, and J. Rodin, Health Behavior, in The Handbook of Social Psychology, D. Gilbert, S. Fiske, and G. Lindzey, Editors. 1998, McGraw Hill.
1825. Saltzman, E. and D. Byrd, Task-dynamics of gestural timing: Phase windows and multifrequency rhythms. Human Movement Science, 2000. 19: p. 499-526.
1826. Samuel, K., S. Carberry, and K. Vijay-Shanker, An Investigation of Transformation-Based Learning in Discourse. Proceedings of the 15th International Conference on Machine Learning, 1998.
1827. Sand, G. and A. Miyazaki, The Impact of Social Support on Salesperson Burnout and Burnout Components. Psychology & Marketing, 2000. 17(1): p. 13-26.
1828. Sande, G., G. Goethals, and C. Radloff, *Relational interdependence and commitment in marriage. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1988. 54: p. 13-20.
1829. Sanders, R., Conversation, Computation and the Human Factor. Human Communication Research, 1992. June: p. 623-636.
1830. Sanders, R.E., Conversation, Computation, and the Human Factor. Human Communication Research, 1992. 18(4): p. 623-636.
1831. Sanders, R., Find Your Partner and Do-Si-Do: The Formation of Personal Relationships etween Social Beings. Journal of Social and Personal Relationships, 1997. 14(3): p. 387-415.
1832. Sandqvist, K., Verbal boys and mathematical girls: family background and educational careers. Sandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 1995. 39(1): p. 5-36.
1833. Sapolsky, R., The Beast Within: The dark side of human behavior, . 1996, Institute for CorTexT Research and Development: Stanford, CA.
1834. Sapp, D.D., *The Point of Creative Frustration and the Creative Process: A New Look at an Old Model. Journal of Creative Behavior, 1992. 26(1): p. 21-28.
1835. Sarason, I. and B. Sarason, Experimentally Provided Social Support. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1986. 50(6): p. 1222-1225.
1836. Sarason, I., B. Sarason, and E. Shearin, Social Support as an Individual Difference Variable: Its Stability, Origins, and Relational Aspects. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1986. 50(4): p. 845-855.
1837. Sarason, I.G. and B.R. Sarason, Experimentally Provided Social Support. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1986. 50(6): p. 1222-1225.
1838. Satterfield, W. and W. Lyddon, Client attachment and the working alliance. Counselling Psychology Quarterly, 1998. 11(4): p. 407-415.
1839. Saville-Troike, M., The Ethnography of Communication. 1988, New York: Basil Blackwell.
1840. Sawhney, N. and C. Schmandt. Speaking and Listening on the Run: Design for Wearable Audio Computing. in ISWC '98. 1998. Pittsburgh, PA.
1841. Sawhney, N. and C. Schmandt. Nomadic radio: scaleable and contextual notification for wearable audio messaging. in CHI'99. 1999. Pittsburgh, PA.
1842. Sawhney, N. and C. Schmandt, Nomadic radio: speech and audio interaction for contextual messaging in nomadic environments. ACM Transactions on Computer-Human Interaction, 2000. 7(3).
1843. Saxe, G.B. and S.R. Guberman, *Emergent arithmetical environments in the context of distributed problem solving: Analyses of children playing an educational game., in Thinking practices in mathematics and science learning., J.G. Greeno, S.V. Goldman, and et-al., Editors. 1998, Lawrence Erlbaum Associates: Mahwah, NJ, USA. p. 237-256.
1844. Scassellati, B., Imitation and Mechanisms of Joint Attention: A Developmental Structure for Building Social Skills on a Humanoid Robot, .
1845. Scassellati, B., Mechanisms of Shared Attention for a Humanoid Robot, . 1997, Artificial Intelligence Laboratory at MIT: Cambridge, MA.
1846. Schack, M.L. and D.J. Massari. *Cognition and Frustration in Delay of Gratification. in American Educational Research Association in Chicago. 1972. Illinois.
1847. Schaffer, H., Social Development. 1996, Malden, MA: Blackwell.
1848. Schaffer, H.R., Social Development. 1996, Malden, MA: Blackwell Publishers.
1849. Schank, R. and R. Abelson, Scripts, plans, goals and understanding: An inquiry into human knowledge structures. 1975, Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
1850. Schank, R.C., Language and Memory, in Reading in Natural Language Processing, B.J. Grosz, K.S. Jones, and B.L. Webber, Editors. 1986, Morgan Kaufmann: Los Altos, California. p. 171-191.
1851. Schank, R., Language and Memory, in Readings in Natural Language Processing, B.J. Grosz, K.S. Jones, and B.L. Webber, Editors. 1986, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: Los Altos, CA. p. 171-192.
1852. Schank, R. and A. Fano, A Thematic Hierarchy for Indexing Stories in Social Domains, . 1992, Northwestern University Institute for the Learning Sciences.
1853. Schegloff, E.A., Sequencing in Conversational Openings. American Anthropologist, 1968. 70: p. 1075-1095.
1854. Schegloff, E.A. and H. Sacks, Opening up closings. Semiotica, 1973. 8: p. 289-327.
1855. Schegloff, E.A., Body Torque. Social Research, 1998. Fall 1998.
1856. Scheirer, J., R. Fernandez, and R.W. Picard, Frustrating the user on purpose: A step toward building and affective computer, .
1857. Scheirer, J., R. Fernandez, and R.W. Picard. Expression Glasses: A Wearable Device for Facial Expression Recognition. in CHI 99. 1999. Pittsburgh, PA.
1858. Scherer, K., Speech and emotional states, in Speech Evaluation in Psychiatry, J. Darby, Editor. 1981, Grune and Stratton. p. 189-220.
1859. Scherer, K., D. Ladd, and K. Silverman, Vocal cues to speaker affect: testing two models. Journal Acoustical Society of America, 1984. 76(5): p. 1346-1355.
1860. Scherl, R., Language, Action, and Indexicality, .
1861. Schiffrin, D., How a story says what it means and does. Text, 1984. 4(4): p. 313-346.
1862. Schiffrin, D., Discourse markers. 1987, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
1863. Schiffrin, D., Approaches to Discourse. Blackwell Textbooks in Linguistics. 1994, Cambridge, MA: Blackwell.
1864. Schmolze, J.G. and T.A. Lipkis, Classification in the KL-ONE Knowlege Representation System, . p. 330-332.
1865. Schneider, B., K. Rubin, and J. Ledingham, eds. Children's peer relations: Issues in assessment and intervention. . 1985, Springer-Verlag: New York.
1866. Schneider, K.P., Topic selection in phatic communication. Multilingua, 1987. 6(3): p. 247-256.
1867. Schneider, K.P., Small Talk: Analysing Phatic Discourse. 1988, Marburg: Hitzeroth.
1868. Schneider, S.J., M.D. Schwartz, and J. Fast, Computerized, Telephone-Based Health Promotion: II. Stress Management Program. Computers in Human Behavior, 1995. 11(2): p. 205-214.
1869. Schoenfeld, B., What I Tell Clients Who Want to Slim Down. American Fitness, 2001(September/October 2001): p. 19-22.
1870. Scholnick, E.K., Direction I - Knowing and Constructing Plans, in SRCD Newsletter. 1995.
1871. Schubert, L. and F.J. Pelletier, From English to Logic: Context-Free Computation of "Conventional" Logical Translations, in Readings in Natural Language Processing, B.J. Grosz, K.S. Jones, and B.L. Webber, Editors. 1986, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: Los Altos, CA. p. 293-312.
1872. Scott, C.M. and S.L. Stokes, Measures of Syntax in School-Age Children and Adolescents. Language, Speech, and Hearing Services in Schools, 1995. 26: p. 309-319.
1873. Scott, L.A. and F. Reif, Teaching Scientific Thinking Skills: Students and Computers Coaching Each Other, in Artificial Intelligence in Education, S.P. Lajoie and M. Vivet, Editors. 1999, IOS Press. p. 285-293.
1874. Searle, J., Speech Acts: An essay in the philosophy of language. 1969: Cambridge University Press.
1875. Searle, J., Collective Intentions and Actions, in Intentions in Communication, P. Cohen, J. Morgan, and M. Pollack, Editors. 1990, MIT Press: Cambridge, MA. p. 401-415.
1876. Searle, J.R. and E. al., (On) Searle on Conversation. Pragmatics & Beyond, ed. J.L. Mey, H. Parret, and J. Verschueren. 1992, Amsterdam: John Benjamins Publishing Company.
1877. Searle, J., Conversation, in (On) Searle on Conversation, J. Searle and E. al., Editors. 1992, John Benjamins Publishing Company: Amsterdam.
1878. Segal, M. and B. Bardige, *Your Child at Play: Five to Eight Years. Building Friendships, Expanding Interests, and Resolving Conflicts. A "Young Child at Plan" Series Book. 2000, New York.
1879. Segrin, C., Interpersonal Communication Problems Associated with Depression and Loneliness, in Handbook of Communication and Emotion, P. Andersen and L. Guerrero, Editors. 1998, Academic Press: New York.
1880. Seidman, A.H. and I. Flores, eds. The Handbook of Computers and Computing. . 1984, Van Nostrand Reinhold Co.: New York.
1881. Seifert, C., S. Robertson, and J. Black, Types of inferences generated during reading. Journal of Memory and Language, 1985. 24: p. 405-422.
1882. Seligmann, D. and S. Feiner, Automated Generation of Intent-Based 3D Illustrations, in Readings in Intelligent User Interfaces, M.T. Maybury and W. Wahlster, Editors. 1998, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: San Francisco, CA. p. 226-236.
1883. Sellen, A.J. Speech Patterns in Video-Mediated Conversations. in CHI '92. 1992. Monterey, CA: ACM Press.
1884. Sells, P., Lectures on Contemporary Syntactic Theories: An Introduction to Government-Binding Theory, Generalized Phrase Structure Grammar, And Lexical -Functional Grammar. Lecture Notes. 1985, Stanford, CA: CSLI Publishing.
1885. Selman, R. and L. Shultz, Children's Strategies for Interpersonal Negotiation with Peers, in Peer Relationships in Child Development, T. Berndt and G. Ladd, Editors. 1989, Wiley: New York. p. 371-406.
1886. Sengers, P. Do the Thing Right: An Architecture for Action-Expression. in Agents 98. 1998. Minneapolis.
1887. Sengers, P., S. Penny, and J. Smith, Semi-Autonomous Avatars, . ??
1888. Sgouros, N.M., G. Papakonstantinou, and P. Tsanakas. Dynamic Dramatization of Multimedia Story Presentations. in IUI '97. 1997. Orlando, FL: ACM Press.
1889. Shah, A.B., Iterative Design in Natural Language Processing in the WISE Project, in Department of Electrical Engineering and Computer Science. 1999, MIT: Cambridge. p. 84.
1890. Shantz, C. and C. Hobart, Social Conflict and Development: Peers and Siblings, in Peer Relationships in Child Development, T. Berndt and G. Ladd, Editors. 1989, Wiley: New York. p. 71-94.
1891. Sharabany, R., Intimate Friendship Scale: Conceptual Underpinnings, Psychometric Properties and Construct Validity. Journal of Social and Personal Relationships, 1994. 11: p. 449-469.
1892. Sharabany, R., Continuities in the Development of Intimate Friendships: Object Relations, Interpersonal and Attachment Perspectives, in Theoretical Frameworks for Personal Relationshps, R. Erber and R. Gilmour, Editors. 1994, Lawrence Erlbaum: Hillsdale, NJ. p. 157-178.
1893. Sharma, R., V.I. Pavlovic, and T.S. Huang, Toward multimodal human-computer interface. Proceedings of the IEEE, 1998. 86(5): p. 853-869.
1894. Shaver, P., W. Furman, and D. Buhrmester, *Transition to college: Network changes, social skills, and loneliness, in Understanding personal relationships: An interdisciplinary approach, S. Duck and D. Perlman, Editors. 1985, Sage: London. p. 193-219.
1895. Shaw, M.L.G. and B.R. Gaines. Modeling the social practices of users in Internet communities. in The Seventh International Conference on User Modeling - UM99. 1999: Springer.
1896. Sheffield, D. and D. Carroll, Social Support and Cardiovascular Reactions to Active Laboratory Stressors. Psychology and Health, 1994. 9: p. 305-316.
1897. Sheldon, A. and L. Rohleder, Sharing the Same World, Telling Different Stories: Gender Differences in Co-Constructed Pretend Narratives, . p. 613-631.
1898. Shell, R. and N. Eisenberg, Children's Reactions to the Receipt of Direct and Indirect Help. Child Development, 1996. 67: p. 1391-1405.
1899. Shibata, T. and M. Yoshida, Artificial Emotional Creature Project for Human Machine Interaction, . 1997, Artificial Intelligence Laboratory at MIT: Cambridge, MA.
1900. Shibazaki, K. and K.A. Brennan, When Birds of Different Feathers Flock Together: A Preliminary Comparison of Intra-Ethnic and Inter-Ethnic Dating Relationships. Journal of Social and Personal Relationships, 1998. 15(2): p. 248-256.
1901. Shieber, S., Lessons from a Restricted Turing Test. CACM, 1994.
1902. Shindo, Y. and H. Matsuda. Prototype of Cyber Teaching Assistant. in IEEE International Conference on Advanced Learning Technologies. 2001. Madison, WI: IEEE Press.
1903. Shneiderman, B., Direct Manipulation for Comprehensible, Predictable and Controllable User Interfaces, . p. 33-39.
1904. Shneiderman, B., ed. Sparks of Innovation in Human-Computer Interaction. . 1993, Ablex Publishing: Norwood, NJ.
1905. Shneiderman, B., Designing the User Interface - Strategies for Effective Human-Computer Interaction. 3 ed. 1998, Reading, MA: Addison Wesley.
1906. Shneiderman, B., Desinging Trust into Online Experiences. CACM, 2000. 43(12).
1907. Shotter, J., Talk of Saying, Showing, Gesturing, and Feelings in Wittgenstein and Vygotsky, .
1908. Shugar, G.W., *Peer Face-to-Face Interactions at Ages Three to Five. International Journal of Psycholinguistics, 1978. 5(4(12)): p. 17-37.
1909. Sibun, P., Generating Text Without Trees. Computational Intelligence: Special Issue on Natural Language Generation, 1992. 8(1): p. 102-122.
1910. Sidner, C., Focusing in the Comprehension of Definite Anaphora, in Readings in Natural Language Processing, B.J. Grosz, K.S. Jones, and B.L. Webber, Editors. 1986, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: Los Altos, CA. p. 363-394.
1911. Sidner, C. An Artificial Discourse Language for Collaborative Negotiation. in AAAI. 1994.
1912. Siegel, S. and N.J. Castellan, Nominally Scaled Data and the Kappy Statistic K, in Nonparametric Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences. 1988, McGraw-Hill: New York. p. 284-291.
1913. Sigman, S.J., Some Multiple Constraints Placed on Conversational Topics, in Conversational Coherence: Form, Structure and Strategy, R.T. Craig and K. Tracy, Editors. 1983, Sage Publications: Beverly Hills. p. 174-195.
1914. Silverman, W., A.L. Greca, and S. Wasserstein, What Do Children Worry About? Worres and Their Relation to Anxiety. Child Development, 1995. 66: p. 671-686.
1915. Silverstein, M., On the pragmatic "poetry" of prose, in Meaning, form and use in context, D. Schriffin, Editor. 1985, Georgetown Press: Washington, DC. p. 181-199.
1916. Simpson, J.A. and S.W. Gangestad, Individual Differences in Sociosexuality: Evidence for Convergent and Discriminant Validity. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1991. 60(6): p. 870-883.
1917. Singh, P., Representing Commonsense Knowledge in English, . 2001, The MIT Media Lab: Cambridge, MA.
1918. Skaalvik, E., Self-Enhancing and Self-Defeating Ego Orientation: Relations with Task and Avoidance Orientation, Achievement, Self-Perceptions and Anxiety. Journal of Educational Psychology, 1997. 89(1): p. 71-81.
1919. Skinner, C.S., et al., The potential of computers in patient education. Patient Education and Counseling, 1993. 22: p. 27-34.
1920. Slater, M., A. Sadagic, and M. Usoh, Small Group Behavior in a Virtual and Real Environment: A comparative study, . ??
1921. Slavin, R., *Cooperative learning. Review of Educational Research, 1980. 50: p. 315-342.
1922. Slavin, R., *COOPERATIVE LEARNING. 1983, New York: Longman.
1923. Slavin, R., *Developmental and motivational perspectives on cooperative learning: A reconciliation. Child Development, 1987. 58: p. 283-305.
1924. Sleater, D. and D. Temperley, Parsing English with a Link Grammar, . 1991, Carnegie Mellon University: Pittsburgh, PA.
1925. Slomkowski, C., et al., Temperament and language: Relations from toddlerhood to middle childhood. Developmental-Psychology, 1992. 28(6): p. 1090-1095.
1926. Slomkowski, C. and J. Dunn, Young Children's Understanding of Other People's Beliefs and Feelings and Their Connected Communication with Friends. Developmental Psychology, 1996. 32(3): p. 442-47.
1927. Small, R.V. and e. al. *Dimensions of Interest and Boredom in Instructional Situations. in Proceedings of Selected Research and Development Presentations at the 1996 National Convention of the Association for Educational Communications and Technology (18th). 1996. Indianapolis, IN.
1928. Small, D. and H. Ishii. Design of Spatially Aware Graspable Displays. in CHI'97. 1997.
1929. Smeaton, A., Progress in the Application of Natural Language Processing to Information Retrieval Tasks. The Computer Journal, 1992. 35(3): p. 268-278.
1930. Smith, B. and E. Blankinship, Imagery as Data: Structures for Visual Model Building, , MIT Media Lab.
1931. Smith, S. and J. Bates, Towards a Theory of Narrative for Interactive Fiction, . 1989, CMU: Pittsburgh, PA.
1932. Smith, R.W., D.R. Hipp, and A.W. Biermann. A dialog control algorithm and its performance. in Third Conference on Applied Natural Language Processing. 1992.
1933. Smith, D.C., A. Cypher, and J. Spohrer, KIDSIM: Programming Agents without a Programming Language. Comm. ACM, 1994. 37(7): p. 55-67.
1934. Smith, I. and S. Hudson. Low Disturbance Audio For Awareness and Privacy in Media Space Applications. in ACM Multimedia '95. 1995.
1935. Smith, R., R. Hipp, and A. Biermann, An Architecture for Voice Dialog Systems Based on Prolog-Style Theorem Proving. Computational Linguistics, 1995: p. 281-320.
1936. Smith, R. and S. Gordon, Effects of Variable Initiative on Linguistic Behavior in Human-Computer Spoken Natural Language Dialogue. Computational Linguistics, 1997. 23(1): p. 141-168.
1937. Smith, R., M. Sipusic, and R. Pannoni. Experiments Comparing Face-to-Face with Virtual Collaborative Learning. in CSCL. 1999.
1938. Smith, J., GrandChair: Conversational Collection of Family Stories, . 2000, MIT: Cambridge, MA.
1939. Smith, J., GrandChair: Conversational Collection of Grandparent's Stories, . 2000.
1940. Smith, B.K. and E. Blankinship, Justifying imagery: Multimedia support for learning through explanation. IBM Systems Journal, 2000. 39(3&4): p. 749-767.
1941. Smith, B.K., E. Blankinship, and T. Lackner, Annotation and Education. IEEE Multimedia, 2000. 7(2): p. 84-89.
1942. Smyth, J.M., et al., Effects of Writing About Stressful Experiences on Symptom Reduction in Patients With Asthma or Rheumatoid Arthritis. Journal of the American Medical Association, 1999. 281: p. 1304-1309.
1943. Snow, C., Literacy and Language: Relationships during the Preschool Years. Harvard Educational Review, 1983. 53(2): p. 165-189.
1944. Snyder, C., *The self-monitoring of expressive behavior. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1974. 30: p. 526-537.
1945. Snyder, M. and S. Gangestad, *On the nature of self-monitoring: Matters of assessment, matters of validity. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1986. 51: p. 125-139.
1946. Solmon, M., Impact of Motivational Climate on Students' Behaviors and Perceptions in a Physical Education Setting. Journal of Educational Psychology, 1996. 88(4): p. 731-738.
1947. Sonoda, T., Collaborative Manipulation Interface, , Foundation Research Lab, Fuji Xerox.
1948. Sox, H.C., et al., Medical Decision Making. 1988, New York: Butterworth-Heinemann.
1949. Spanier, G., *Measuring dyadic adjustment: New scales for assessing the quality of marriage and similar dyads. Journal of Marriage and the Family, 1976. 38: p. 15-28.
1950. Sparks, J.R., C.S. Areni, and K.C. Cox, An Investigation of The Effects of Language Style and Communication Modality on Persuasion. Communication Monographs, 1998. 65: p. 108-125.
1951. Sparrell, C.J., Coverbal Iconic Gesture in Human-Computer Interaction, in Electrical Engineering. 1988, MIT: Cambridge. p. 69.
1952. Spencer-Oatey, H., Reconsidering power and distance. Journal of Pragmatics, 1996. 26: p. 1-24.
1953. Sperber, D. and D. Wilson, Relevance: Communication and Cognition. 1986, Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
1954. Sprecher, S., To sides to the breakup of dating relationships. Personal Relationships, 1994. 1: p. 199-222.
1955. Sproull, L., et al., When the Interface is a FAce, in Human Values and the Design of Computer Technology, B. Friedman, Editor. 1997, CSLI Publications: Stanford, CA. p. 163-190.
1956. Stafford, L. and D. Canary, Maintenance Strategies and Romantic Relationship Type, Gender and Relational Characteristics. Journal of Social and Personal Relationships, 1991. 8: p. 217-242.
1957. Stafford, L., M. Dainton, and S. Haas, Measuring Routine and Strategic Relational Maintenance: Scale Revision, Sex versus Gender Roles, and the Prediction of Relational Characteristics. Communication Monographs, 2000. 67(3): p. 306-323.
1958. Stanat, D.F. and D.F. McAllister, Discrete Mathematics in Computer Science. 1977, Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.
1959. Stansfield, S., et al. An Application of Shared Virtual Reality to Situational Training. in IEEE Virtual Reality International Symposium. 1995. Los Almitos: IEEE.
1960. Starr, B., M.S. Ackerman, and M. Pazzani. Do-I-Care: A Collaborative Web Agent. in CHI 96. 1996.
1961. stars.com, XML: Structuring Data for the Web: An Introduction, . 1998.
1962. Steed, S.E. and J.R. Lutzker, Recorded Audio Prompts: A Strategy to Increase Independent Prevocational Task Completion in Individuals With Dual Diagnosis. Behavior Modification, 1999. 23(1): p. 152-168.
1963. Stein, L.A., Post-Modular Cognitive Architectures, . 1997, Artificial Intelligence Laboratory at MIT: Cambridge, MA.
1964. Stent, A., et al. The CommandTalk Spoken Dialogue System. in ACL 99 Proceedings. 1999. University of Maryland.
1965. Stephenson, N., Snowcrash. 1992, New York: Bantam Books.
1966. Sternber, R., A triangular theory of love. Psychological Revie, 1986. 93: p. 119-135.
1967. Steuer, F., The Psychological Development of Children. 1994, Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole Publishing.
1968. Stevenson and Stigler, The Learning Gap.
1969. Stever, F.B., The Psychological Development of Children. 1994, Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole Publishing Co.
1970. Stiefelhagen, R., J. Yang, and A. Waibel, Towards Tracking Interaction Between People, .
1971. Stifelman, L.J., The Cocktail Party Effect in Auditory Interfaces: A Study of Simultaneous Presentation, . 1994, MIT: Cambridge.
1972. Stifelman, L. A Discourse Analysis Approach to Structure Speech. in AAAI Spring Symposium on Empirical Methods in Discourse Interpretation and Generation. 1995.
1973. Stock, O., Natural Language and Exploration of an Information Space: The ALFresco Interactive System, in Readings in Intelligent User Interfaces, M.T. Maybury and W. Wahlster, Editors. 1998, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: San Francisco, CA. p. 421-428.
1974. Stokes, J.P., The Relation of Loneliness and Self-Disclosure, in Self-disclosure: Theory, research and therapy, V.J. Derlega and J.H. Berg, Editors. 1987, Plenum: New York. p. 175-201.
1975. Stolcke, A., et al., Dialog Act Modeling for Conversational Speech. .
1976. Stone, M., Applying Theories of Communicative Action in Generation Using Logic Programming, , University of Pennsylvania: Philadelphia, PA.
1977. Stone, M. and B. Webber, Textual economy through close coupling of syntax and semantics, .
1978. Stone, A. and S. Shiffman, Reflections on the Intensive Measurement of Stress, Coping and Mood, with an Emphasis on Daily Measures. Psychology and Health, 1992. 7: p. 115-129.
1979. Stone, A.A. and S. Shiffman, Reflections on the Intensive Measurement of Stress, Coping, and Mood, with an Emphasis on Daily Measures. Psychology and Health, 1992. 7: p. 115-129.
1980. Stone, M. and C. Doran. Sentence Planning as Description Using Tree-Adjoining Grammar. in ACL. 1997.
1981. Stone, M., Abductive planning with sensing, . 1998: AAAI ?
1982. Stone, M., et al., Lexicalized Grammar and Lexical Semantics in Generation, . 1998.
1983. Stone, M., The SPUD Manual, . 1998.
1984. Stone, M., Modality in Dialogue: Planning, Pragmatics, and Computation, . 1998, University of Pennsylvania.
1985. Stone, A.A., et al., A Comparison of Coping Assessed by Ecological Momentary Assessment and Retrospective Recall. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1998. 74(6): p. 1670-1680.
1986. Straehle, C., "Samuel?" "Yes, dear?" Teasing and Conversational Rapport, in Framing in Discourse, D. Tannen, Editor. 1993, Oxford University Press: New York.
1987. Streeck, J. and U. Hartge, Previews: Gestures at the Transition Place, in The Contextualization of Language, P. Auer and A. Di Luzio, Editors. 1992, John Benjamins Publishing Company: Amsterdam. p. 136-157.
1988. Streeck, J., Gesture as communication II: The audience as co-author. Research on Language and Social Interaction, 1994. 27(3): p. 239-267.
1989. Streek, J., Gesture as Communication I: Its Coordination with Gaze and Speech. Communication Monographs, 1993. 60: p. 275-299.
1990. Street, R.L. and J.N. Cappella, *Social and linguistic factors influencing adaptation in children's speech. Journal-of-Psycholinguistic-Research, 1989. 18(5): p. 497-519.
1991. Stress, Collection of papers from Liz, .
1992. Strickon, J. and J. Paradiso. Tracking hands above large interactive surfaces with a low-cost scanning laser rangefinder. in CHI 98. 1998. Los Angeles, CA.
1993. Strohecker, C. A Case Study in Interactive Narrative Design. in Symposium on Designing Interactive Systems. 1997. Amsterdam, The Netherlands.
1994. Strommen, E. When the Interface is a Talking Dinosaur: Learning Across Media with ActiMates Barney. in CHI 98. 1998.
1995. Suchman, L.A., Plans and situated action - The problem of human-machine communication, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
1996. Suchman, L., Do Categories Have Politics? The Language/Action Perspective Reconsidered, in Human Values and the Design of Computer Technology, B. Friedman, Editor. 1997, CSLI Publications: Stanford, CA. p. 91-105.
1997. Sugawara, S., et al., InterSpace: Networked Virtual World for Visual Communication. IEICE Transactions on Information and Systems, 1994. E77-D(12): p. 1344-1349.
1998. Suhm, B., Empirical Evaluation of Interactive Multimodal Error Correction, .
1999. Suler, J., Life at the Palace: A Cyberpsychology Case Study, . 1996, Department of Psychology, Rider University.
2000. Suler, J., The psychology of avatars and graphical space in multimedia chat communities: or how I learned to stop worrying and love my Palace props, . 1996.
2001. Suler, J., Why is this thing eating my life?: Computer and cyberspace addiction at the "Palace", . 1996.
2002. Suler, J., Human becomes electric: The basic psychological features of cyberspace, . 1996.
2003. Suler, J., Mom, Dad, Computer: Transference reactions to computers, . 1996.
2004. Sullivan, H.S., The Collected Works of Harry Stack Sullivan. 1953, New York: W.W. Norton and Company.
2005. Sullivan, J.W. and S.W. Tyler, eds. Intelligent User Interfaces. . 1991, ACM Press: New York.
2006. Sullum, J., M.M. Clark, and T.K. King, Predictors of Exercise Relapse in a College Population. College Health, 2000. 48(January 2000): p. 175-180.
2007. Sumi, Y. and K. Mase. AgentSalon: Facilitating Face-to-Face Knowledge Exchange through Conversations Among Personal Agents. in AGENTS '01. 2001. Montreal, Quebec, Canada: ACM Press.
2008. Sun Microsystems, Java Speech Grammar Format Specification, . 1998, Sun Microsystems: Palo Alto, CA.
2009. Sun Microsystems, XML and Related Specs: Digesting the Alphabet Soup, . 2001.
2010. Sunblad, O. and Y. Sundblad. OLGA - a Multimodal Interactive Information Assistant. in CHI 98. 1998.
2011. Sunde, M. and S. Sunde, Behavior Change in the Human Services. 1999, Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE Publications.
2012. Sunde, M. and S. Sandra, Behavior Change in the Human Services: An Introduction to Principles and Applications. 4th ed. 1999, London: Sage.
2013. Susman, E., Cooperative Learning: A Review of Fators that Increase the Effectiveness of Cooperative Computer-Based Instruction. J. Educational Computing Research, 1998. 18(4): p. 303-322.
2014. Suthers, D.D., Planning for Interagent Communication: What's So Special, , University of Pittsburgh: Pittsburgh, PA.
2015. Suthers, D. and C. Hundhausen. Learning by Constructing Collaborative Representations: An Empirical Comparison of Three Alternatives. in European Conference on Computer-Supported Collaborative Learning. 2001.
2016. Svennevig, J., Getting Acquainted in Conversation. 1999, Philadephia: John Benjamins.
2017. Swan, J., M. Bowers, and L. Richardson, Customer Trust in the Salesperson: An Integrative Review and Meta-Analysis of the Emprical Literature. Journal of Business Research, 1999. 44: p. 93-107.
2018. Szalavari, Z., et al., 'Studierstube' An Environment for Collaboration in Augmented Reality, . 1997, Institute of Computer Graphics and Algorithms, Vienna University of Technology: Vienna, Austria.
2019. Szalavári, Z., E. Eckstein, and M. Gervautz. Collaborative Games in Augmented Reality. in VRST'98. 1998. Taipei, Taiwan.
2020. Szekely, P., P. Luo, and R. Neches, Beyond Interface Builders: Model-Based Interface Tools, in Readings in Intelligent User Interfaces, M.T. Maybury and W. Wahlster, Editors. 1998, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: San Francisco, CA. p. 499-507.
2021. Takebayashi, Y. and M. Doi. Multimodal Human Computer Interaction Research at Toshiba Research and Development Center. in CHI 97. 1997.
2022. Takeuchi, A. and S. Franks, A Rapid Face Construction Lab, . 1992, Sony Computer Science Laboratory, Inc.: Tokyo.
2023. Takeuchi, A. and T. Naito. Situated Facial Displays: Towards Social Interaction. in CHI '95. 1995.
2024. Talbott, S.L., THE FUTURE DOES NOT COMPUTE: Transcending the Machines in Our Midst, .
2025. Tambe, M. and P. Rosenbloom. An approach for real-time, dynamic agent-tracking. in Proceedings Int. Joint Conference on AI. 1995. Montreal, Canada.
2026. Tannen, D., Conversational Style: Analyzing talk among friends. 1984, Norwood, New Jersey: Ablex.
2027. Tannen, D., What's in a Frame? Surface Evidence for Underlying Expectations, in Framing in Discourse, D. Tannen, Editor. 1993, Oxford University Press: New York. p. 14-56.
2028. Tannen, D., Introduction (Framing in Discourse), in Framing in Discourse, D. Tannen, Editor. 1993, Oxford University Press: New York. p. 3-13.
2029. Tao, P.-K., *Peer Collaboration in Solving Qualitative Physics Problems: The Role of Collaborative Talk. Research in Science Education, 1999. 29(3): p. 365-83.
2030. Tardy, C., Interpersonal Evaluations: Measuring Attraction and Trust, . p. 269-283.
2031. Tardy, C.H., Self-Disclosure: Objectives and Methods of Measurement, in A Handbook for the Study of Human Communication, C.H. Tardy, Editor. 1988, Ablex: Norwood, NJ. p. 323-346.
2032. Tartter, V.C., Language and its Normal Processing, Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE.
2033. Tate, A., J. Dalton, and J. Levine. O-Plan: a Web-based AI Planning Agent. in AAAI-2000. 2000.
2034. Taylor, H.L., et al., A Questionnaire for the Assessment of Leisure Time Physical Activities. Journal of Chronic Diseases, 1978. 31: p. 741-755.
2035. Taylor, M. and S. Carlson, The Relation between Individual Differences in Fantasy and Theory of Mind. Child Development, 1997. 68(3): p. 436-455.
2036. Taylor, S.E., The social being in social psychology, in The handbook of social psychology, D. Gilbert, S. Fiske, and G. Lindsey, Editors. 1997, McGraw-Hill: New York. p. 58-95.
2037. Taylor, M., What Are Imaginary Companions Like?, in Imaginary Friends and the Children Who Create Them. 1999, Oxford University Press: Oxford. p. 8-33.
2038. Tenenbaum, A.M. and M.J. Augenstein, Data Structures Using Pascal. 1981, Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.
2039. Terry, D., R. Rawle, and V. Callan, The effects of social support on adjustment to stress: The mediating role of coping. Personal Relationships, 1995. 2: p. 97-124.
2040. Terry, D.J., R. Rawle, and V.J. Callan, The effects of social support on adjustment to stress: The mediating role of coping. Personal Relationships, 1995. 2: p. 97-124.
2041. Terwogt, M. and T. Olthof, Awareness and self-regulation of emotion in young children, in Children's Understanding of Emotions, C. Saarni and P. Harris, Editors.
2042. Terzopoulos, D. and B. Mones-Hattal. Facial Animation: Past, Present and Future.
2043. Tesser, A., *Toward a self-evaluation maintenance model of social behavior., in Advances in experimental social psychology, L. Berkowitz, Editor. 1988, Academo Press: San Diego, CA. p. 181-227.
2044. Thalmann, N.M. and D. Thalmann, eds. Interactive Computer Animation. . 1996, Prentice Hall: London.
2045. Thalmann, N.M., P. Kalra, and M. Escher, Face to Virtual Face. Proceedings of the IEEE, 1998. 86(5).
2046. Thimm, C. and L. Kruse, The Power-Emotion Relationships in Discourse: Spontaneous Expression of Emotions in Asymmetric Dialogue. Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 1993. 12(1-2): p. 81-102.
2047. Thimm, C. and L. Kruse, The Power-Emotion Relationship in Discourse: Spontaneous Expression of Emotions in Asymmetric Dialogue. Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 1993. 12(1&2): p. 81-102.
2048. Thomas, J.A., Symbolic Logic. 2 ed. 1977, Columbus, OH: Charles E. Merrill Publishing.
2049. Thomas, F. and O. Johnston, The Illusion of Life: Disney Animation. 1995.
2050. Thompson, E.A., L.L. Eggert, and J.R. Herting, Mediating Effects of an Indicated Prevention Program for Reducing Youth Depression and Suicide Risk Behaviors. Suicide and Life-Threatening Behavior, 2000. 30(3): p. 252-271.
2051. Thomson, R. and T. Murachver, Predicting gender from electronic discourse. British Journal of Social Psychology, 2001. 40: p. 193-208.
2052. Thorisson, K.R., Layered Modular Action Control for Communicative Humanoids, .
2053. Thorisson, K.R. Dialogue Control in Social Interface Agents. in CHI 93. 1993. Amsterdam.
2054. Thorisson, K.R. Face-to-Face Communication with Computer Agents. in AAAI Spring Symposium on Believable Agents. 1994. Stanford University, California.
2055. Thorisson, K.R. Computational Characteristics of Multimodal Dialogue. in AAAI Fall Symposium on Embodied Language and Action. 1995. Cambridge, MA.
2056. Thorisson, K.R., Multimodal Interface Agents, in Media Lab. 1995, MIT.
2057. Thorisson, K., Communicative Humanoids: A Computational Model of Psychosocial Dialogue Skills, in Media Arts and Sciences. 1996, MIT: Cambridge.
2058. Thorisson, K.R., ToonFace: A System for Creating and Animating Interactive Cartoon Faces, . 1996, MIT Media Lab: Cambridge, MA.
2059. Thorisson, K.R. Gandalf: An Embodied Humanoid Capable of Real-Time Multimodal Dialogue with People. in Autonomous Agents '97. 1997.
2060. Thorisson, K.R. Real-Time Decision Making in Multimodal Face-to-Face Communication. in Autonomous Agents '98. 1998. Minneapolis, MN: ACM.
2061. Thorne, A., The Press of Personality: A Study of Conversations between Introverts and Extroverts. J. Personality and Social Pschology, 1987. 53(4): p. 718-726.
2062. Timmons, P.L., et al., Stress Inoculation Training for Maladaptive Anger: Comparison of Group Counseling Versus Computer Guidance. Computers in Human Behavior, 1997. 13(1): p. 51-64.
2063. Today, P., Can you write your way to good health?, in Psychology Today. 1997. p. 20.
2064. Todd, P.M. and G.F. Miller, Exploring Adaptive Agency II: Simulating the Evolution of Associative Learning, . 1990.
2065. Tomokiyo, L.M. and R. Jones. You're Not From 'Round Here, Are You?: Naive Bayews Detection of Non-native Utterance Text. in NAACL 2001. 2001. Pittsburgh, PA.
2066. Tomokiyo, L.M. and R. Jones. You're Not From 'Round Here, Are You?: Naive Bayes Detection of Non-native Utterance Text. in NAACL 2001. 2001. Pittsburgh, PA.
2067. Topping, K., Ed. and S. Ehly, Ed., *Peer-Assisted Learning. 1998, Mahwah, New Jersey: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
2068. Torrance, E.P., *Peer influences on preschool children's willingness to try difficult tasks. J Psychol, 1969. 72(2): p. 189-94.
2069. Torrance, -.E.-P., *Dyadic interaction as a facilitator of gifted performance. Gifted-Child-Quarterly., 1970. 14(3): p. 139-143.
2070. Torrance, -.E.-P., *Influence of dyadic interaction on creative functioning. Psychological-Reports., 1970. 26(2): p. 391-394.
2071. Torrance, E.P., *Stimulation, enjoyment, and originality in dyadic creativity. Journal-of-Educational-Psychology., 1971. 62(1): p. 45-48.
2072. Torres, O.E., Producing Semantically Appropriate Gestures in Embodied Language Generation, in Media Arts and Sciences. 1997, MIT: Cambridge, MA. p. 59.
2073. Torres, O.E., J. Cassell, and S. Prevost. Modeling Gaze Behavior as a Function of Discourse Structure. in First International Workshop on Human-Computer Conversation. 1997.
2074. Totterdell, P., Catching Moods and Hitting Runs: Mood Linkage and Subjective Performance in Professional Sport Teams. Journal of Applied Psychology, 2000. 85(6): p. 848-859.
2075. Towns, S., C. Callaway, and J. Lester, Generating Coordinated Natural Language and 3D Animations for Complex Spatial Explanations, .
2076. Towns, S., P. FitzGerald, and J. Lester, Visual Emotive Communication in Lifelike Pedagogical Agents. Proceedings of the 4th International Conference on Intelligent Tutoring Systems, 1998: p. 474-483.
2077. Trabasso, T. and A. Ozyurek, Communicating Evaluation in Narrative Understanding, .
2078. Tracy, K. and J. Moran, Conversational Relevance in Multiple-Goal Settings, .
2079. Tracy, K., The effects of multiple goals on conversational relevance and topic shift. Communication Monographs, 1984. 51: p. 274-287.
2080. Tracy, K. and N. Coupland, Multiple goals in discourse: An overview of issues, in Multiple goals in discourse, K. Tracy and N. Coupland, Editors. 1991, Multilingual Matters: Clevedon. p. 1-13.
2081. Trafton, J., K. Wauchope, and J. Stroup, Errors and usability of natural language in a multimodal system, .
2082. Traum, D.R. and P. Dillenbourg, Towards a Normative Model of Grounding in Collaboration, .
2083. Traum, D.R., A Reactive-Deliberative Model of Dialogue Agency, .
2084. Traum, D. Computational Models of Grounding in Collaborative Systems.
2085. Traum, D.R. and E.A. Hinkelman, Conversation acts in task-oriented spoken dialogue. Computational Intelligence, 1992. 8(3).
2086. Traum, D.R., A Computational Theory of Grounding in Natural Language Conversation, in Computer Science. 1994, University of Rochester: Rochester, NY.
2087. Traum, D. and J. Allen. Discourse Obligations in Dialogue Processing. in ACL '94. 1994.
2088. Traum, D.R. and P. Dillenbourg. Miscommunication in Multimodal Collaboration. in AAAI Workshop on Detecting, Repairing, and Preventing Human-Machine Miscommunication. 1996.
2089. Trees, A., Nonverbal Communication and the Support Process: Sensitivity and Support Seeking in Interactions Between Mothers and Young Adult Children, in Speech Communication. 1999, University of Washington.
2090. Trees, A., Nonverbal Communication and the Support Process: Interactional Sensitivity in Interactions Between Mothers and Young Adult Children. Communication Monographs, 2000. 67(3): p. 239-261.
2091. Trimboli, A. and M. Walker, The Cast Test of Nonverbal Sensitivity. Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 1993. 12(1&2): p. 49-65.
2092. Trower, T. Creating Conversational Interfaces for Interactive Software Agents. in CHI 97. 1997.
2093. Tseng, H.-M., H.A. Macleod, and P. Wright, Computer Anxiety and Measurement of Mood Change. Computers in Human Behavior, 1997. 13(3): p. 305-316.
2094. Tseng, H.-M., et al., Computer anxiety: A comparison of pen-based personal digital assistants, conventional computer and paper assessment of mood and performance. British Journal of Psychology, 1998. 89: p. 599-610.
2095. Tseng, S. and B.J. Fogg, Credibility and Computing Technology. CACM, 1999. 42(5): p. 39-44.
2096. Tsuruoka, S., et al. Extraction of Hand Region and Specification of Finger Tips from Color Image. in 1997 International Conference on Virtual Systems and MultiMedia. 1997: IEEE Press.
2097. Tudge, J. *Collaboration, Conflict, and Cognitive Development: The Efficacy of Joint Problem Solving. in Annual Meeting of the Eastern Psychological Association. 1986. New York, NY.
2098. Tudge, J. and D. Caruso, Cooperative Problem-Solving in the Classroom. 1989.
2099. Tudge, J. *Feedback as a "Zone of Proximal Development.". in Biennial Meeting of the Society for Research in Child Development. 1991. Seattle, WA.
2100. Tudge, J. *Peer Collaboration: The Case for Treating the Dyad as the Unit of Analysis. in Biennial Meeting of the Society for Research in Child Development. 1991. Seattle, WA.
2101. Tudge, J. and P. Winterhoff. *The Cognitive Consequences of Collaboration: Why Ask How? in Biennial Meeting of the Society for Research in Child Development (60th). 1993. New Orleans, LA.
2102. Tudge, J. and P. Winterhoff, Can young children benefit from collaborative problem solving? Tracing the effects of partner competence and feedback. Social Development, 1993. 2(3): p. 242-259.
2103. Tudge, J., P. Winterhoff, and D. Hogan, The Cognitive Consequences of Collaborative Problem Solving with and without Feedback. Child Development, 1996. 67: p. 2892-2909.
2104. Tudge, J. and D. Hogan. *Collaboration from a Vygotskian Perspective. in Biennial Meeting of the Society for Research in Child Development (62nd). 1997. Washington, DC.
2105. Tuite, K., The production of gesture. Semiotica, 1993. 93(1/2): p. 83-105.
2106. Turkle, S., Life on the screen : identity in the age of the Internet. 1995, New York: Simon & Schuster. 347.
2107. Turkle, S., Life on the Screen: Identity in the Age of the Internet. 1995, Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Simon & Schuster.
2108. Turkle, S., The Meaning of Human Identity, . 2000: MIT, Cambridge, MA.
2109. Turner, S., The Creative Process: A Computer Model of Storytelling and Creativity.
2110. Tversky, A., Features of Similarity. Psychological Review, 1977. 84: p. 327-352.
2111. Tye, M., Ten Problems of Consciousness: A Representational Theory of the Phenomenal Mind. 2 ed. 1996, Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.
2112. Tyrrell, T., Computational Mechanisms for Action Selection, . 1993, University of Edinburgh.
2113. Ueno, A., Tamagotch: Love and loss for a virtual pet, . 1997, University of Colorado.
2114. Ulijn, J.M. and X. Li, Is interrupting impolite? Some temporal aspects of turn-taking in Chinese-Western and other intercultural business encounters. Text, 1995. 15(4): p. 589-627.
2115. Ullmer, B. and H. Ishii. Emerging Frameworks for Tangible User Interfaces. in CHI 2000 (submitted). 2000.
2116. Underwood, M.K., *Peer Social Status and Children's Understanding of the Expression and Control of Positive and Negative Emotions. Merrill-Palmer Quarterly, 1997. 43(4): p. 610-34.
2117. Unuma, M., K. Anjyo, and R. Takeuchi, Fourier Principles for Emotion-Based Human Figure Animation, .
2118. Urban, G.L., F. Sultan, and W. Qualls, Design and Evaluation of a Trust Based Advisor on the Internet, . 1999, MIT Sloan School of Management: Cambridge.
2119. Uslaner, E.M., Social Capital and the Net. Communications of the ACM, 2000. 43(12): p. 60-64.
2120. Valian, V., Solving a Work Problem, .
2121. Valian, V., Solving a Work Problem, in Scholarly Writing and Publishing, M.F. Fox, Editor. 1985, Westview Press: Boulder, CO.
2122. Vanderdonckt, J., Automatic Generation of a User Interface for Highly Interactive Business-Oriented Applications, in Readings in Intelligent User Interfaces, M.T. Maybury and W. Wahlster, Editors. 1998, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: San Francisco, CA. p. 516-524.
2123. VanLehn, K., et al. What Makes a Tutorial Event Effective? in The Twenty-First Annual Conference of the Cognitive Science Society. 1998: Lawrence Erlbaum.
2124. Varchavskaia, P., A Project in Intonational Cues to Infant-Directed Discourse, . 2000, MIT Media Lab: Cambridge, MA.
2125. various. Autonomous Agents Proceedings. in Agents '98. 1998. Minneapolis: ACM.
2126. various. Synthetic Actors Course Notes. in SIGGRAPH'98. 1998. Orlando: ACM.
2127. Vaughan, L.C. Understanding Movement. in CHI 97. 1997.
2128. Velasquez, J., From Affect Programs to Higher Cognitive Emotions: An Emotion-Based Control Approach, .
2129. Velasquez, J., When Robots Weep: Emotional Memories and Decision-Making, .
2130. Velasquez, J., Cathexis: A computational model for the generation of emotions and their influence in the behavior of autonomous agents, in Media Lab. 1996, MIT: Cambridge, MA.
2131. Velasquez, J.D. Modeling Emotions and Other Motivations in Synthetic Agents. in AAAI 97. 1997.
2132. Velasquez, J.D., Modeling Emotions in Autonomous Agents, . 1997, Artificial Intelligence Laboratory at MIT: Cambridge, MA.
2133. Velasquez, J., Modeling Emotion-Based Decision-Making. Proceedings of 1998 AAAI Fall Symposium on Emotional and Intelligence., 1998.
2134. Velasquez, J.D. A computational framework for emotion-based control. in Fifth International Conference on Simulation of Adaptive Behavior. 1998. Zurich.
2135. Velicer, W., J. Prochaska, and J. Bellis, An Expert System Intervention for Smoking Cessation. Addictive Behaviors, 1993. 18: p. 269-290.
2136. Velicer, W., et al., Smoking cessation and stress management: Applications of the Transtheoretical Model of behavior change. Homeostasis, 1998. 38: p. 216-233.
2137. Velicer, W. and J. Prochaska, An Expert System Intervention for Smoking Cessation. Patient Education and Counseling, 1999. 36: p. 119-129.
2138. Velicer, W.F. and J.L. Fava, Time Series Analysts for Psychological Research, in Comprehensive Handbook of Psychology Volume 2: Research Methods in Psychology, J.A. Schinka and W.F. Velicer, Editors. 2001, John Wiley & Sons: New York.
2139. Venit, S. and W. Bishop, Elementary Linear Algebra. 1981, Boston, MA: Prindle, Weber & Schmidt.
2140. Ventola, E., The structure of casual conversation in English. Journal of Pragmatics, 1979. 3: p. 267-298.
2141. Vercoe, B. Hearing polyphonic music with the connection machine. in First Workshop on Artificial Intelligence and Music (AAAI-88). 1988.
2142. Vercoe, B., W. Garndner, and E. Scheirer, Structured audio: Creation, transmission, and rendering of parametric sound representations. Proc. of the IEEE, 1998. 86(5): p. 922-940.
2143. Vere, S. and T. Bickmore, A Basic Agent. Computational Intelligence, 1990. 6: p. 41-60.
2144. Vicente, A.d. and H. Pain, Motivation Diagnosis in Intelligent Tutoring Systems. .
2145. Vicente, A.d., Eliciting motivation diagnosis knowledge. Helen Pain.
2146. Viegas, F. and J. Donath, Chat Circles. Proceedings of CHI'99, 1999: p. 9-16.
2147. Vilain, M. Getting serious about parsing plans: A grammatical analysis of plan recognition. in Proc. 8th Nat. Conf. AI. 1990.
2148. Vilhalmsson, H.H. and J. Cassell. BodyChat: Autonomous Communicative Behaviors in Avatars. in Autonomous Agents 98. 1998. Minneapolis, MN.
2149. Vilhjalmsson, H., Autonomous Communicative Behaviors in Avatars, . 1996, MIT Media Lab.
2150. Vinge, V., True Names, in True Names and Other Dangers. 1987, Baen : Distributed by Simon & Schuster: New York.
2151. Vittengl, J. and C. Holt, Getting acquainted: The relationships of self-disclosure and social attraction to positive affect. Journal of Social and Personal Relationships, 2000. 17(1): p. 53-66.
2152. Vo, M.T. and C. Wood. Building an application framework for speech and pen input integration in multimodal learning interfaces. in International Conference on Acoustics, Speech, and Signal Processing. 1996. Atlanta, GA.
2153. Vollmeyer, R., W. Rollett, and F. Rheinberg. How Motivation Affects Learning. in Cognitive Science Society. 1997.
2154. Vollmeyer, R., F. Rheinberg, and B.D. Burns. Goals, Strategies, and Motivation. in The Twentieth Annual Conference of the Cognitive Science Society. 1998: Lawrence Erlbaum.
2155. Von Dras, D. and I. Siegler, Stability in Extraversion and Aspects of Social Support at Midlife. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1997. 72(1): p. 233-241.
2156. Vorwerg, C., et al. Projective relations for 3D space: Computational model, application, and psychological evaluation. in AAAI-97. 1997. Providence, RI.
2157. Vygotsky, L., Thought and Language, ed. A. Kozulin. 1986, Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.
2158. Vyzas, E. and R.W. Picard. Affective Pattern Classification. in AAAI Fall Symposium Series: Emotional and Intelligent: The Tangled Knot of Cognition. 1998. Orlando, Florida.
2159. w3.org, Extensible Markup Language (XML), . 1999.
2160. Wachsmuth, S., et al. Multilevel Integration of Vision and Speech Understanding Using Bayesian Networks. in First International Conference on Computer Vision Systems. 1999. Las Palmas, Gran Canaria, Spain: Springer.
2161. Wade, S.E. *Research on Interest: Implications for Curriculum Development and Future Research. in Annual Meeting of the American Educational Research Association. 1999. Montreal, Quebec, Canada.
2162. Wahlster, W., et al., Plan-Based Integration of Natural Language and Graphic Generation, in Readings in Intelligent User Interfaces, M.T. Maybury and W. Wahlster, Editors. 1998, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: San Francisco, CA. p. 109-130.
2163. Wahlster, W., User and Discourse Models for Multimodal Communication, in Readings in Intelligent User Interfaces, M.T. Maybury and W. Wahlster, Editors. 1998, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: San Francisco, CA. p. 359-371.
2164. Waite, W.M. and G. Goos, Compiler Construction. Texts in Monographs in Computer Science, ed. D. Gries. 1984, New York: Springer-Verlag.
2165. Waldron, V., et al., Cognitive and Tactical Dimensions of Conversational Goal Management. Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 1990. 9(1-2): p. 101-118.
2166. Waldron, V.R., Constrained Rationality: Situational Influences on Information Acquisition Plans and Tactics. Communication Monographs, 1990. 57: p. 184-201.
2167. Waldron, V.R., Contrained Rationality: Situational Influences on Information Acquisition Plans and Tactics. Communication Monographs, 1990. 57: p. 184-201.
2168. Waldron, V.R., et al., Cognitive and tactical dimensions of conversational goal management., in Multiple goals in discourse, K. Tracy and N. Coupland, Editors. 1991, Multilingual Matters: Clevedon. p. 101-119.
2169. Waldron, V.R., Achieving Communication Goals in Superior-Subordinate Relationships: The Multi-Functionality of Upward Maintenance Tactics. Communication Monographs, 1991. 58: p. 289-306.
2170. Waldron, V. and D. Cegala, Assessing Conversational Cognition: Levels of Cognitive Theory and Associated Methodological Requirements. Human Communication Research, 1992. 18(4): p. 599-622.
2171. Waldron, V., Toward a Theory of Interactive Conversational Planning, in Message Production: Advances in Communication Theory, J. Greene, Editor. 1997, Erlbaum. p. 195-220.
2172. Walker, M.B. and A. Trimboli, Communicating Affect: The Role of Verbal and Nonverbal Content. Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 1989. 8(3-4): p. 229-248.
2173. Walker, M. and S. Whittaker. Mixed Initiative in Dialogue: An Investigation in Discourse Segmentation. in 28th Annual Meeting of the Association for Computational Linguistics. 1990.
2174. Walker, M.A. and O. Rambow. The role of cognitive modeling in achieving communicative intentions. in 7th International Workshop on Natural Language Generation. 1994. Kennebunkport, ME.
2175. Walker, J.H., L. Sproull, and R. Subramani. Using a Human Face in an Interface. in Human Factors in Computing Systems. 1994. Boston, MA.
2176. Walker, M.A., J.E. Cahn, and S.J. Whittaker. Linguistic Style Improvisation for Lifelike Computer Characters. in AAAI 96 Workshop on AI, Alife and Entertainment. 1996. Portland.
2177. Walker, M., Limited Attention and Discourse Structure. Computational Linguistics, 1996. 22(2): p. 25-263.
2178. Walker, M., Centering, Anaphora Resolution, and Discourse Structure, in Centering in Discourse, M. Walker, A.K. Joshi, and E.F. Prince, Editors. 1997, Oxford University Press.
2179. Walker, M.A., J.E. Cahn, and S.J. Whittaker. Improvising linguistic style: Social and Affective Bases for Agent Personality. in Autonomous Agents 97. 1997. Marina Del Rey, CA.
2180. Walker, M.A., et al., PARADISE: A Framework for Evaluating Spken Dialogue Agents, . 1997.
2181. Walker, M. and J. Moore, Emprical Studies in Discourse. Computational Linguistics, 1997. 23(1): p. 1-12.
2182. Walker, M., J. Fromer, and S. Narayanan, Learning Optimal Dialogue Strategies: A Case Study of a Spoken Dialogue Agent for Email, . 1998: ACL/COLING 98.
2183. Walker, M., et al., PARADISE: A Framework for Evaluating Spoken Dialogue Agents, in Readings in Intelligent User Interfaces, M.T. Maybury and W. Wahlster, Editors. 1998, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: San Francisco, CA. p. 631-641.
2184. Walker, M.A., O. Rambow, and M. Rogati. SPoT: A Trainable Sentence Planner. in NAACL 2001. 2001. Pittsburgh, PA.
2185. Walrdon, V., Cosntrained Rationality: Situational Influences on Information Acquisition Plans and Tactics. Communication Monographs, 1990. 57(September): p. 184-201.
2186. Walrdon, V., Constrained Rationality: Situational Influences on Information Acquisition Plans and Tactics. Communication Monographs, 1990. 57: p. 184-201.
2187. Walrdon, V., Achieving communication goals in superior-subordinate relationships: the multi-functionality of upward maintenance tactics. Communication Monographs, 1991. 58: p. 289-306.
2188. Walters, E., ed. Graduate Education Today. . 1965, American Council on Education: Washington, D.C.
2189. Walters, J.R. and N.R. Nielsen, Crafting Knowledge Based Systems: Expert Systems Made Realistic. 1988, New York: John Wiley & Sons.
2190. Ward, N. and W. Tsukahara, A Responsive Dialog System, .
2191. Wardhaugh, R., How Conversation Works. The Language Library, ed. D. Crystal: Basil Blackwell.
2192. Wardhaugh, R., The Social Basis of Talk, in How Conversation WOrks. 1985, Basil Blackwell: Oxford. p. 1-23.
2193. Washburn, R.A. and H.J. Montoye, The assessment of physical activity by questionnaire. American Journal of Epidemiology, 1986. 123: p. 563-576.
2194. Washburn, R.A., G.W. Heath, and A.W. Jackson, Reliability and Validity Issues Concerning Large-scale Surveillance of Physical Activity. Research Quarterly for Exercise and Sport, 2000. 71(2): p. 104-113.
2195. Waters, K. and T. Levergood. An automatic Lip-Synchronization Algorithm for Synthetic Faces, CRL Technical Report 93/4, September 1994. 1994. San Francisco, CA: ACM Multimedia.
2196. Waters, R.C. and J.W. Barrus, The rise of shared virtual environments. IEEE Spectrum, 1997(March 1997): p. 20-25.
2197. Wauchope, K. Eucalyptus: An Integrated Spoken Language/Graphical Interface for Human-Computer Dialogue. in AVIOS '92. 1992. Minneapolis, MN.
2198. Wauchope, K., Multimodal Interaction with a Map-Based Simulation System, . 1996, Navy Center for Applied Research in Artificial Intelligence: Washington, DC.
2199. Wavish, P. Virtual actors that can perform scripts and improvise roles. in Autonomous Agents 97. 1997. Marina Del Rey, CA: ACM.
2200. Wayner, P., Agents Unleashed: A Public Domain Look at Agent Technology. 1995, Boston: AP Professional.
2201. Webb, N.M., *Verbal Interaction and Learning in Peer-Directed Groups. Theory into Practice, 1985. 24(1): p. 32-39.
2202. Webb, M., Peer Helping Relationships in Urban Schools. ERIC Digest. 1987.
2203. Webb, N.M., *Peer Interaction, Problem-Solving, and Cognition: Multidisciplinary Perspectives. International Journal of Educational Research, 1989. 13(1): p. 1-119.
2204. Webber, B. and N. Badler, Animation through Reactions, Transitions Nets and Plans, .
2205. Webber, B., So What Can We Talk About Now?, in Readings in Natural Language Processing, B.J. Grosz, K.S. Jones, and B.L. Webber, Editors. 1986, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: Los Altos, CA. p. 395-414.
2206. Webber, B., et al. Discourse Relations: A Structural and Presuppositional Account using Lexicalised TAG. in ACL 99 Proceedings. 1999. University of Maryland.
2207. Wege, M.V.D. and H.H. Clark. Turn-taking Systems for Computer-Mediated Communication. in CogSci '97. 1997.
2208. Wei, X. and A. Rudnicky, Task-based dialog management using an agenda, .
2209. Weinstein, N., Socrates at the Terminal. Educom Review, .
2210. Weischedel, R.M., A New Semantic Computation While Parsing: Presupposition and Entailment, in Readings in Natural Language Processing, B.J. Grosz, K.S. Jones, and B.L. Webber, Editors. 1986, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: Los Altos, CA. p. 313-326.
2211. Weiser, M., The Computer for the 21st Century, . 1991.
2212. Weiss, R., *The fund of sociability. Transaction, 1969. 7: p. 36-43.
2213. Weiten, W., Psychology: Themes and Variations. 4 ed. 1998, Pacific Grove, CA: Brooks/Cole Publishing Co.
2214. Weitzman, L. and K. Wittenburg, Grammar-Based Articulation for Multimedia Document Design, in Readings in Intelligent User Interfaces, M.T. Maybury and W. Wahlster, Editors. 1998, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: San Francisco, CA. p. 310-328.
2215. Weizenbaum, J., Eliza - a computer program for the study of natural language communication between man and machine. Communications of the ACM, 1966. 9(1): p. 36-45.
2216. Wellman, B.G., Milena, Virtual Communities as Communities: Net Surfers Don't Ride Alone, in Networks in the Global Village: Life in Contemporary Communities, B. Wellman, Editor. 1999, Westview Press.
2217. Wenger, E., Artificial Intelligence and Tutoring Systems: Computational and Cognitive Approaches to the Communication of Knowledge. 1987, Los Altos, CA: Morgan Kaufman.
2218. Wentowski, G.J., Reciprocity and the Coping Strategies of Older People: Cultural Dimensions of Network Building. The Gerontologist, 1981. 21(6): p. 600-609.
2219. Wentzel, K., Student Motivation in Middle School: The Role of Perceived Pedagogical Caring. Journal of Educational Psychology, 1997. 89(3): p. 411-419.
2220. Wentzel, K., Social-Motivational Processes and Interpersonal Relationships: Implications for Understanding Motivation at School. Journal of Educational Psychology, 1999. 91(1): p. 76-97.
2221. Wexelblat, A., Don't Make that Face: a report on anthropomorphizing an interface, .
2222. Wexelblat, A., An approach to natural gesture in virtual environments. ACM Transactions on Computer-Human Interaction, 1995. 2(3): p. 179-200.
2223. Wexelblat, A., Research Challenges in Gesture: Open Issues and Unsolved Problems, in Gesture and Sign Language in Human-Computer Interaction, I. Wachsmuth and M. Frohlich, Editors. 1998, Springer-Verlag: Berlin. p. 1-11.
2224. Whalen, T., My Experience at Loebner Prize, . 1994.
2225. Wheeless, L. and J. Grotz, The Measurement of Trust and Its Relationship to Self-Disclosure. Human Communication Research, 1977. 3(3): p. 250-257.
2226. Whitener, E.M. and H.J. Klein, Equivalence of Computerized and Traditional Research Methods: The Roles of Scanning, Social Environment, and Social Desirability. Computers in Human Behavior, 1995. 11(1): p. 65-75.
2227. Whitney, P., The Psychology of Language. 1998, Boston: Houghton Mifflin.
2228. Whittaker, S. and M.A. Walker. Toward a theory of multi-modal interaction. in AAAI Workshop on MultiModal Interaction. 1991.
2229. Whittaker, S. and B. O'Conaill, The Role of Vision in Face-to-Face and Mediated Communication, in Video-Mediated Communication, K. Finn, A. Sellen, and S. Wilbur, Editors. 1997, Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc. p. 23-49.
2230. Whittaker, S., et al. The dynamics of mass interaction. in CSCW 98. 1998. Seattle.
2231. Whyte, W.H., City: Rediscovering the Center. 1988, New York: Doubleday.
2232. Wiatrowski, C.A. and C.H. House, Logic Circuits and Microcomputer Systems. 1980, New York: MacGraw Hill.
2233. Wiecha, C., et al., ITS: A Tool for Rapidly Developing Interactive Applications, in Readings in Intelligent User Interfaces, M.T. Maybury and W. Wahlster, Editors. 1998, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: San Francisco, CA. p. 481-498.
2234. Wiemer-Hastings, P., A. Graesser, and D. Harter, The Foundations and Architecture of AutoTutor. .
2235. Wiggins, J., A psychological taxonomy of trait-descriptive terms. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1979. 37(3): p. 395-412.
2236. Wild, M., *Investigating verbal interactions when primary children use computers. Journal-of-Computer-Assisted-Learning, 1996. 12(2): p. 66-77.
2237. Wilensky, R., Points: A theory of the structure of stories in memory, in Readings in Natural Language Processing, B.J. Grosz, K.S. Jones, and B.L. Webber, Editors. 1986, Morgan Kaufmann: Los Altos, California. p. 459-473.
2238. Wilensky, R., Points: A Theory of the Structure of Stories in Memory, in Readings in Natural Language Processing, B.J. Grosz, K.S. Jones, and B.L. Webber, Editors. 1986, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: Los Altos, CA. p. 459-474.
2239. Wilkes, D.M., et al., Designing for human-robot symbiosis. Industrial Robot, 1999. 26(1): p. 49-58.
2240. Wilkinson, L., S. Calculator, and C. Dollaghan, Ya Wanna Trade--Just for Awhile: Children's Requests and Responses to Peers. Discourse Processes, 1982. 5: p. 161-176.
2241. Wilks, Y., An Intelligent Analyzer and Understander of English, in Readings in Natural Language Processing, B.J. Grosz, K.S. Jones, and B.L. Webber, Editors. 1986, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: Los Altos, CA. p. 193-204.
2242. Williams, C. and K. Stevens, Emotions and speech: some acoustical correlates. Journal Acoustical Society of America, 1972. 52(4): p. 1238-1250.
2243. Williams, L., Performance-Driven Facial Animation. Computer Graphics, 1990. 24(4): p. 235-242.
2244. Wilson, A.D., A.F. Bobick, and J. Cassell. Recovering the Temporal Structure of Natural Gesture. in The Second International Conference on Automatic Face and Gesture Recognition. 1996.
2245. Wilson, A.D. and A.F. Bobick, Recognition and Interpretation of Parametric Gesture, . 1998, MIT Media Lab: Cambridge.
2246. Wilson, F.R., The Hand: How its use shapes the brain, language, and human culture. 1998, New York: Pantheon Books.
2247. Wilson, S.R. and A.W. Kunkel, Identity Implications of Influence Goals: Similarities in Perceived Face Threats and Facework Across Sex and Close Relationships. Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 2000. 19(2): p. 195-221.
2248. Windle, M., A Study of Friendship Characteristics and Problem Behaviors among Middle Adolescents. Child Development, 1994. 65: p. 1764-1777.
2249. Winne, P., Experimenting to Bootstrap Self-Regulated Learning. Journal of Educational Psychology, 1997. 89(3): p. 397-410.
2250. Winograd, T., Language as a Cognitive Process: Volume 1 - Syntax. 1983, Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.
2251. Winograd, T. and F. Flores, Understanding and Being, in Understanding Computers and Cognition. 1986, Ablex: Norwood, NJ. p. 27-53, 107-124, 163-179.
2252. Winograd, T. and F. Flores, Understanding Computers and Cognition. 1986, New York: Addison-Wesley.
2253. Winograd, T., A Procedural Model of Language Understanding, in Readings in Natural Language Processing, B.J. Grosz, K.S. Jones, and B.L. Webber, Editors. 1986, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: Los Altos, CA. p. 249-266.
2254. Winograd, T., From Computing Machinery to Interaction Design, in Beyond Calculation: The Next Fifty Years of Computing, P. Denning and R. Metcalfe, Editors. 1997, Springer-Verlag. p. 149-162.
2255. Winton, W.M., Language and Emotion, in Handbook of Language and Social Psychology, H. Giles and W.P. Robinson, Editors. 1990, John Wiley & Sons Ltd. p. 33-49.
2256. Winzelberg, A., The Analysis of an Electronic Support Group fro Individuals with Eating Disorders. Computers in Human Behavior, 1997. 13(3): p. 393-407.
2257. WIsh, M., M. Deutsch, and S.J. Kaplan, Perceived Dimensions of Interpersonal Relations. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1976. 33(4): p. 409-420.
2258. Wish, M., R.G. D'Andrade, and J.E.G. II, Dimensions of Interpersonal Communication: Correspondences Between Structures for Speech Acts and Bipolar Scales. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 1980. 39(5): p. 848-860.
2259. Wong, P. and L. Watt, What types of reminiscence are associated with successful aging? Psychology and Aging, 191. 6(2): p. 272-279.
2260. Wong, J. and A. Fauverge, *LEVERAGE: Reciprocal Peer Tutoring over Broadband Networks. ReCALL, 1999. 11(1): p. 133-142.
2261. Wood, B.S. and R. Gardner, *How Children "Get Their Way": Directives in Communication. Communication Education, 1980. 29(3): p. 264-272.
2262. Wood, L.A. and R.O. Kroger, The Analysis of Facework in Discourse. Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 1994. 13(3): p. 248-277.
2263. Woods, W.A., Transition Network Grammars for Natural Language Analysis, in Readings in Natural Language Processing, B.J. Grosz, K.S. Jones, and B.L. Webber, Editors. 1986, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: Los Altos, CA. p. 71-88.
2264. Woods, W.A., Semantics and Quantification in Natural Language Question Answering, in Readings in Natural Language Processing, B.J. Grosz, K.S. Jones, and B.L. Webber, Editors. 1986, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, Inc.: Los Altos, CA. p. 205-248.
2265. Worchel, S. and G.R. Goethals, Adjustment: Pathways to Personal Growth. 2 ed. 1989, Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.
2266. Wrangham, R.W., et al., The Raw and the Stolen. Current Anthropology, 1999. 40(5): p. 567-570.
2267. Wren, C., et al., Pfinder: Real-Time Tracking of the Human Body. SPID, 1995. 2615.
2268. Wu, K. and D. Lam, The Relationship Between Daily Stress and Health: Replicating and Extending Previous Findings. 8, 1993(329-344).
2269. Wu, L., S.L. Oviatt, and P.R. Cohen, Multimodal Integration -- A Statistical View. IEEE Transactions on Multimedia, 1999. 1(4): p. 334-341.
2270. xml.com, What is XML?, . 1998.
2271. Xu, H. and P. Smets, Generating Explanations for Evidential Reasoning, .
2272. y Cynthia Taines, R.S., Phyllis and C. Blumenfeld., Observations of Urban Middle School Students engaged in technology-supported inquiry, .
2273. Yadrick, R. and J. Regian, Dyadic vs. Individual Practice with Exploratory and Directive Mathematics Tutors. J. Educational Computing Research, 1997. 17(2): p. 165-186.
2274. Yan, H., Semantic Features Selection in Speech & Gesture Generation, . 1999.
2275. Yang, J., et al., Visual Tracking for Multimodal Human Computer Interaction, .
2276. Yankelovich, N., How do users know what to say? ACM Interactions, 1996. 3(6).
2277. Yankelovich, N. and C.D. McLain. Office Monitor. in CHI 96. 1996. Vancouver, BC.
2278. Yano, H. and A. Ito, How agreement expressions are used in cooperative tasks, .
2279. Yarbrough, C. and H.E. Price, *Prediction of Performer Attentiveness Based on Rehearsal Activity and Teacher Behavior. Journal of Research in Music Education, 1981. 29(3): p. 209-17.
2280. Yarlas, A.S. *Schema Modification and Enhancement as Predictors of Interest: A Test of the Knowledge-schema Theory of Cognitive Interest. in Annual Meeting of the American Educational Research Association. 1999. Montreal, Quebec, Canada.
2281. Yoshida, A. and J. Kakuta, Communicative Characteristics of Small Group Teleconferences in Virtual Environments. IEICE Transactions on Information and Systems, 1994. E77-D(12): p. 1385-1389.
2282. Young, R.M. and J.D. Moore, Does Discourse Planning Require a Special-Purpose Planner?, .
2283. Young, R.M., J.D. Moore, and M.E. Pollack, Towards a principled representation for discourse plans, . 1994: Proceedings of the Cognitive Science Society. p. 946-951.
2284. Young, R.M. and J.D. Moore. DPOCL: A Principled Approach to Discourse Planning. in Proceedings of the 7th International Workshop on Natural Language Generation. 1994. Kinnebunkport, ME.
2285. Young, R.M. and J.D. Moore. Does Discourse Planning Require a Special Purpose Planner? in AAAI Workshop on Planning for Inter-Agent Communication. 1994. Seattle, WA.
2286. Young, R.M., Using Grice's Maxim of Quantity to Select the Content of Plan Descriptions. Artificial Intelligence, 1999. 115: p. 215-256.
2287. Youngblade, L.M. and J. Dunn, Individual Differences in Young Children's Pretend Play with Mother and Siblings: Links to Relationships and Understanding of Other People's Feelings and Beliefs. Child Development, 1995. 66(5): p. 1472-92.
2288. Zajonc, R., Emotions, in The Handbook of Social Psychology, D. Gilbert, S. Fiske, and G. Lindzey, Editors. 1998, McGraw Hill.
2289. Zeman, J. and J. Garber, Display Rules for Anger, Sadness, and Pain: It Depends on Who is Watching. Child Development, 1996. 67: p. 957-973.
2290. Zimmerman, B. and A. Kitsantas, Developmental Phases in Self-Regulation: Shifting from Process Goals to Outcome Goals. Journal of Educational Psychology, 1997. 89(1): p. 29-36.
2291. Zock, M. and G. Sabah, eds. Advances in Natural Language Generation: An Interdisciplinary Perspective. Communication in Artificial Intelligence. Vol. 2. 1988, Ablex: Norwood, NJ.
2292. Zukerman, I., R. McConachy, and K. Korb. Using Argumentation Strategies in Automated Argument Generation. in INLG 2000. 2000.